<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
		xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"
	xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/"

	
	>

<channel>
	<title>Camera Dojo &#187; Strobe</title>
	<atom:link href="http://cameradojo.com/tag/strobe/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>http://cameradojo.com</link>
	<description>CameraDojo brings you interviews with top photographers and industry leaders as well as tutorials and the latest in photography news.</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Wed, 23 May 2012 16:12:27 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>hourly</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>1</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>http://wordpress.org/?v=3.3.2</generator>
<xhtml:meta xmlns:xhtml="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" name="robots" content="noindex" />
	<copyright>Copyright © Camera Dojo 2011 </copyright>
	<managingEditor>kgarrison@gmail.com (Camera Dojo)</managingEditor>
	<webMaster>kgarrison@gmail.com (Camera Dojo)</webMaster>
	<ttl>1440</ttl>
	<image>
		<url>http://cameradojo.com/images/DojoPodcast_144.png</url>
		<title>Camera Dojo</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com</link>
		<width>144</width>
		<height>144</height>
	</image>
	<itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary>CameraDojo brings you interviews with top photographers and industry leaders as well as tutorials and the latest in photography news.</itunes:summary>
	<itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
	<itunes:category text="Society &#38; Culture" />
	<itunes:author>Camera Dojo</itunes:author>
	<itunes:owner>
		<itunes:name>Camera Dojo</itunes:name>
		<itunes:email>kgarrison@gmail.com</itunes:email>
	</itunes:owner>
	<itunes:block>no</itunes:block>
	<itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
	<itunes:image href="http://cameradojo.com/images/DojoPodcast_144.png" />
		<item>
		<title>Using Gels To Fix An Ugly Sky</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2012/03/27/using-gels-to-fix-an-ugly-sky/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2012/03/27/using-gels-to-fix-an-ugly-sky/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 28 Mar 2012 03:51:55 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Correction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[gels]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Speedlite]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=4920</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Yesterday I went out with the LA Shoot This! group to help lead a group shoot event but unfortunately Mother Nature was not on our side. The sky was gray and boring and it was ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/03/shootthis-1.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g4920]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-4921" title="shootthis-1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/03/shootthis-1-133x200.jpg" alt="" width="133" height="200" /></a>Yesterday I went out with the <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/153319986559/">LA Shoot This!</a> group to help lead a group shoot event but unfortunately Mother Nature was not on our side. The sky was gray and boring and it was raining on and off. While I like nice blue skies, there was no hope of getting anything beyond dark storm clouds. My friend <a href="http://chrisdiset.com">Chris Diset</a> was in this same situation a few months ago and used a little white balance trick to change the color of the sky. Taking a cue from his playbook, I used that same trick to help make something out of nothing.</p>
<p><span id="more-4920"></span></p>
<p>As I said, the sky was just downright ugly with no color in it at all, and worse, it only looked like it was going to get worse. My goal of teaching how to balance flash and bright sunlight was certainly not working out so I decided to show how to make a blue sky of of the drab sky we were looking at.</p>
<p>To start off, I switched the camera&#8217;s white balance from Auto to Tungsten. What this will do is to add a blue color cast to the clouds. Here is how the sky looked in both Auto and Tungsten White Balance.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="top"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/03/gell-1.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g4920]"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-4922" title="gell-1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/03/gell-1-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a><br />
Auto White Balance</td>
<td align="center" valign="top"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/03/gell-2.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g4920]"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-4923" title="gell-2" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/03/gell-2-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a><br />
Tungsten White Balance</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Now that we have some color in the sky, its now time to shoot our model. If we just used a flash, the Tungsten white balance setting would make our subject look more like a Smurf than a human. In order to compensate for the much cooler color temperature we have to reverse that by making the light from the flash much warmer. To accomplish this, I used the <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B005KEL4NI/ref=as_li_ss_tl?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=l7foto-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B005KEL4NI">ExpoImaging Rogue Gel Kit</a> with the 1/2 CTO (Color Temperature Orange) gel.</p>
<p>Using the gelled flash to light our subject, we get the natural looking lighting on the subject while retaining the blue in the sky.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/03/shootthis-1.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g4920]"><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-4921" title="shootthis-1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/03/shootthis-1.jpg" alt="" width="600" height="900" /></a></p>
<p>You can use this same technique with different gels to create more dramatic skies by using the opposite of this effect with a nice sunset. Using a cool (blue) gel and setting the color temperature to a higher temperature will create extremely vivid colors. No lighting kit is complete without at least a few color correction gels.</p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=4920&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2012/03/27/using-gels-to-fix-an-ugly-sky/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/03/shootthis-1-93x140.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/03/shootthis-1.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">shootthis-1</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/03/shootthis-1-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/03/gell-1.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">gell-1</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/03/gell-1-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/03/gell-2.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">gell-2</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/03/gell-2-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/03/shootthis-1.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">shootthis-1</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/03/shootthis-1-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=4920&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Shooting The Steampunk by Chris Diset</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2012/01/29/shooting-the-steampunk-by-chris-diset/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2012/01/29/shooting-the-steampunk-by-chris-diset/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 30 Jan 2012 04:57:57 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Chris</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Shooting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Chris Diset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Speedlite]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=4197</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[So we were on a shoot Saturday morning, and Debra got a text from Kerry, and she told him about the shoot we were on and that I was setting up the Blackbelt Lighting BB560 ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-4201" title="032 Brian 1-28-12" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/032-Brian-1-28-12-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" />So we were on a shoot Saturday morning, and Debra got a text from Kerry, and she told him about the shoot we were on and that I was setting up the Blackbelt Lighting BB560 speedlights. Kerry suggested a guest blogpost on Dojo, so here I am. Let me tell you a little about the shoot. Debra and I met Brian (in the photos) on New Years Day. We got to talking and traded info, and decided to set up a shoot for the 28th. I had much anticipation for this shoot. Now I am a big fan of diffused sun, so I was keeping my fingers crossed that the 28th would be a miserably overcast and cloudy day. But it wasn&#8217;t. The skies were perfectly clear and the 7:30 AM sun was brutally bright and shiny. Oh yeah, and we were having high wind warnings.</p>
<p><span id="more-4197"></span></p>
<p>We set up the first lightstand with an umbrella, and the wind almost blew my gear and girl away. Debra asked, &#8220;Bare flash?&#8221;. I replied, &#8220;Yes, I think that would be best.&#8221; So we set up 3 light stands, each with a bare BB560 flash and Blackbelt receiver. We moved the lights around as needed, sometimes lighting Brian in the car with 1 or 2 lights (plus the sun of course). In a few images we had 1 or 2 lights on Brian, while at the same time having 1 or 2 lights on the car, just to open up the details that would otherwise be black shadows from the low sun.</p>
<p>I shot these images on a Canon 5dmk2, mostly with a 70-200 lens, and a few wide angle shots were done with a 17-40 lens. Lighting conditions being constant, the shots were taken at ISO 50 or 100, from f5.6 to f8, at a 1/200 shutter speed (the maximum sync speed for the BB560). Flash output was set to 1/2 power and sometimes bumped up to full power as needed. I have been using the BB560&#8242;s for sometime now and this was one of those shoots where the reliability and power output was really put to the test. They worked flawlessly.</p>
<p>Photos were edited in Adobe Lightroom 4, the black and white images were done with Nik Silver Eex Pro 2, and Nik Color Efex Pro 3 Tonal Contrast preset was used on some of the color images.</p>
<p>If you would like to see more of this collection shot with Blackbelt Lighting Products, you can visit my blog post<a href="http://blog.chrisdiset.com/2012/01/brian-and-the-roadster/" target="_blank"> here</a>.</p>
<p>Thank you Kerry for letting me share this collection with your Dojo friends.</p>

<a href='http://cameradojo.com/2012/01/29/shooting-the-steampunk-by-chris-diset/022-brian-1-28-12/' title='022 Brian 1-28-12'><img width="93" height="140" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/022-Brian-1-28-12-93x140.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="022 Brian 1-28-12" title="022 Brian 1-28-12" /></a>
<a href='http://cameradojo.com/2012/01/29/shooting-the-steampunk-by-chris-diset/032-brian-1-28-12/' title='032 Brian 1-28-12'><img width="140" height="93" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/032-Brian-1-28-12-140x93.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="032 Brian 1-28-12" title="032 Brian 1-28-12" /></a>
<a href='http://cameradojo.com/2012/01/29/shooting-the-steampunk-by-chris-diset/038-brian-1-28-12/' title='038 Brian 1-28-12'><img width="93" height="140" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/038-Brian-1-28-12-93x140.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="038 Brian 1-28-12" title="038 Brian 1-28-12" /></a>
<a href='http://cameradojo.com/2012/01/29/shooting-the-steampunk-by-chris-diset/050-brian-1-28-12/' title='050 Brian 1-28-12'><img width="140" height="93" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/050-Brian-1-28-12-140x93.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="050 Brian 1-28-12" title="050 Brian 1-28-12" /></a>
<a href='http://cameradojo.com/2012/01/29/shooting-the-steampunk-by-chris-diset/061-brian-1-28-12/' title='061 Brian 1-28-12'><img width="93" height="140" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/061-Brian-1-28-12-93x140.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="061 Brian 1-28-12" title="061 Brian 1-28-12" /></a>
<a href='http://cameradojo.com/2012/01/29/shooting-the-steampunk-by-chris-diset/068-brian-1-28-12/' title='068 Brian 1-28-12'><img width="93" height="140" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/068-Brian-1-28-12-93x140.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="068 Brian 1-28-12" title="068 Brian 1-28-12" /></a>
<a href='http://cameradojo.com/2012/01/29/shooting-the-steampunk-by-chris-diset/097-brian-1-28-12/' title='097 Brian 1-28-12'><img width="140" height="93" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/097-Brian-1-28-12-140x93.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="097 Brian 1-28-12" title="097 Brian 1-28-12" /></a>

<p>&nbsp;</p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=4197&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2012/01/29/shooting-the-steampunk-by-chris-diset/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/032-Brian-1-28-12-140x93.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/032-Brian-1-28-12.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">032 Brian 1-28-12</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/032-Brian-1-28-12-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/022-Brian-1-28-12.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">022 Brian 1-28-12</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/022-Brian-1-28-12-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/032-Brian-1-28-12.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">032 Brian 1-28-12</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/032-Brian-1-28-12-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/038-Brian-1-28-12.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">038 Brian 1-28-12</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/038-Brian-1-28-12-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/050-Brian-1-28-12.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">050 Brian 1-28-12</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/050-Brian-1-28-12-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/061-Brian-1-28-12.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">061 Brian 1-28-12</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/061-Brian-1-28-12-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/068-Brian-1-28-12.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">068 Brian 1-28-12</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/068-Brian-1-28-12-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/097-Brian-1-28-12.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">097 Brian 1-28-12</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/097-Brian-1-28-12-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=4197&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Low Key Studio Lighting</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/12/23/low-key-studio-lighting/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/12/23/low-key-studio-lighting/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 23 Dec 2011 15:14:52 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Low Key]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=4148</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[A Guest Post on Low Key Studio Lighting by Kyle Miller from Photography Tips
I&#8217;ve talked about basic and advanced lighting techniques commonly used for virtually any studio photo shoot, but those lighting setups require more ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>A Guest Post on Low Key Studio Lighting by Kyle Miller from <a href="http://www.photographytips.net">Photography Tips</a></em></p>
<p>I&#8217;ve talked about basic and advanced lighting techniques commonly used for virtually any studio photo shoot, but those lighting setups require more than a single light, and for a beginning photographer, especially one who has a limited amount of studio space and a small budget, retaining multiple lights can be a problem. There is a way to get around using multiple lights though, and that is low key lighting.</p>
<p>Low key lighting is a type of portrait lighting that creates a very dramatic light setup, as well as creates some intense classic looking photos. Low key lighting lends it&#8217;s self strongly to a darker side of glamor and artistic photography. This type of lighting can cast a strong exposure on the subject, creating harsh contrast between the light and shadows of your subject, and leaves a majority of the background darkened. There are a few ways to set up a low key lighting setup, but the common factor in almost all low key setups is that they are predominately lit by only a single light.</p>
<p><strong>45 or 90 Degree Angle</strong></p>
<div id="attachment_4161" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 450px"><a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/andy_ledd/4187511745/"><img class="size-full wp-image-4161 " title="45-angle-440x550" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/45-angle-440x550.jpg" alt="" width="440" height="550" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Image by Andy Leddy</p></div>
<p>This setup is the simplest by far, but still creates powerful, elegant images. Place your key light at either a 45 or 90 degree angle from the subject, on either the left or right side of your camera. That&#8217;s the entire setup, one light, in one of four locations. While it is a simple setup, the effects of the setup can very greatly. At a 45 degree angle, exposing the front of your subject, you will create a beautiful front exposure, with harsh contrasted shadows. At a 90 degree angle, if you expose your subject from the front you can create an intense split light where the subjects back will virtually vanish into the background, but if you expose the subject from the back you will create the exact opposite effect.</p>
<p><strong>45 or 90 Degree with a Reflector</strong></p>
<div id="attachment_4160" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 370px"><a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/21185968@N00/3830344476/"><img class="size-full wp-image-4160 " title="with-reflector-360x550" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/with-reflector-360x550.jpg" alt="" width="360" height="550" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Image by Cillian Storm</p></div>
<p>This setup is the exact same as the previous, with the inclusion of a new piece of equipment, a reflector. The reflector is placed on the opposite side of your subject, and directly in front of your light. The light that wraps around the subject, or misses them entirely, is diffused and reflected on the back of the subject, creating a softer exposure. In this way the reflector acts as a fill light. Images shot in this way will not be as dark and contrasted as the previous manner, but will still maintain a much darker contrast ratio.</p>
<p><strong>From Behind</strong></p>
<div id="attachment_4162" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 455px"><a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/spunkinator/3181299740/'"><img class="size-full wp-image-4162" title="Low-Key-Glamor1-445x550" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Low-Key-Glamor1-445x550.jpg" alt="" width="445" height="550" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Image by spunkinator</p></div>
<p>This type of lighting is commonly used to create a much more brooding, or sinister look, by creating an intense silhouette of the subject, only exposing a small area outlining the subject. The best way to achieve this look is with the help of two strong lights, but it can be done with as little as one. Place both lights behind the subject at 45 degree angles on opposite sides. An addition trick to really enhance images shot like this is to actually include the lights in the image. This will create a lens flare look behind the subject, and really enhances the visage of a foreboding or sinister subject.</p>
<p><em>Kyle Miller has been a professional wedding and portrait photographer for several years. He shares his knowledge on his blog <a href="http://www.photographytips.net">Photography Tips</a> where you can also download his eBook <strong>7 Essential Photography Tips</strong> for free.</em></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=4148&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/12/23/low-key-studio-lighting/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/45-angle-440x550-111x140.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/45-angle-440x550.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">45-angle-440&#215;550</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Image by Andy Leddy</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/45-angle-440x550-111x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/with-reflector-360x550.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">with-reflector-360&#215;550</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Image by Cillian Storm</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/with-reflector-360x550-91x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Low-Key-Glamor1-445x550.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Low-Key-Glamor1-445&#215;550</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Image by spunkinator</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Low-Key-Glamor1-445x550-113x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=4148&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>The Standard Three Light Portrait Setup</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/12/07/the-standard-three-light-portrait-setup/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/12/07/the-standard-three-light-portrait-setup/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 07 Dec 2011 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSLR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Photography]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[technique]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=4102</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[I get asked all the time what a really solid portrait lighting setup should consist of. My stock answer is a softbox as the main light, a shoot through umbrella for fill and a third ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/elisa-3.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g4102]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-4138" title="elisa-3" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/elisa-3-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>I get asked all the time what a really solid portrait lighting setup should consist of. My stock answer is a softbox as the main light, a shoot through umbrella for fill and a third light for a hair light or background light. This can be your &#8216;go to&#8217; setup anytime you need something quick that will give you great results every time.</p>
<p><span id="more-4102"></span>Even though I have talked about this setup several times, recent events have prompted me to bring it up again and for good reason. As I am writing this, I am on a cruise ship sailing towards St. Maarten. One thing about cruise ships is that they make a good chunk of money selling photos. They take photos of you getting other ship, arriving at ports, at dinner, and they have multiple static setups with different backgrounds. When you are needing to pound out hundreds of portraits per day you can&#8217;t be spending a lot of time messing with your lighting. So what lighting setup do they use for quick, simple, and consistent lighting? The standard three light portrait setup of course.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s dissect their secret recipe and see how they are using the three light setup so effectively.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/picsay-1323275705.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g4102]"><img class="aligncenter size-large wp-image-4137" title="picsay-1323275705" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/picsay-1323275705-500x251.jpg" alt="" width="500" height="251" /></a></p>
<p>To the camera right is a 32&#8243; softbox as the key light. On the camera left is a 42&#8243; umbrella as a fill light, and then high right off the background stands is a third light with a honeycomb grid as a hair light. Why does this setup work so well that they use it exclusively at every one of their stations? The answer is simple, its because it works. The softbox provides some nice directional lighting while the umbrella softens the shadows. The high gridded light adds a splash of hairlight which looks natural for both indoor and outdoor scenes.</p>
<p>While the cruise ship is using 500 watt second monolights, a Westcott Apollo, and a Westcott umbrella, you can put together the same setup for much less. Let&#8217;s break down all of the pieces and see what it would cost to replicate this tried and true lighting setup.</p>
<p>(3) <a href="http://blackbeltlighting.com/products-page/speedlites-and-triggers/bb560-advanced-manual-speedlite/">Blackbelt Lighting BB560 speedlites</a> @ $95 each<br />
(1) <a href="http://blackbeltlighting.com/products-page/lighting-accessories/32-x-32-speedlite-softbox/">Blackbelt Lighting. Stealth 32&#8243; Softbox</a> @ $79<br />
(1) Blackbelt Lighting 10&#8242; x 12&#8242; backdrop stand @ $85<br />
(1) <a href="http://blackbeltlighting.com/products-page/speedlites-and-triggers/4-channel-wireless-flash-triggers-2-receivers/">Blackbelt Lighting Ninja Speedlite Triggers</a> @ $65<br />
(1) Blackbelt Lighting swivel mount @ $15<br />
(1) Shoot through umbrella @ $10<br />
(1) <a href="http://blackbeltlighting.com/products-page/lighting-accessories/2-8-light-stands-with-deluxe-carrying-case/">Blackbelt Lighting Samurai Light stand kit</a> @ $65<br />
(1) <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B00009R6BO/ref=as_li_ss_tl?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=l7foto-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=217145&amp;creative=399373&amp;creativeASIN=B00009R6BO">Bogen Superclamp</a><br />
(1) <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B004TGZ7WM/ref=as_li_ss_tl?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=l7foto-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=217145&amp;creative=399373&amp;creativeASIN=B004TGZ7WM">Expoimaging Rouge Grid</a><br />
Printed backgrounds from <a href="http://www.backdropoutlet.com/">Backdrop Outlet</a></p>
<p><span style="text-align:center; display: block;"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/2011/12/07/the-standard-three-light-portrait-setup/"><img src="http://img.youtube.com/vi/k5LWB-C_t20/2.jpg" alt="" /></a></span></p>
<p>All in you are going to be between $700 &#8211; $900 depending on the background you get. While this may sound like a lot of money, you would easily spend over $2,500 for big name products. The beauty of a setup like this is that it is a very versatile lighting kit that makes for a great starting point for building upon as your skill increases.</p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=4102&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/12/07/the-standard-three-light-portrait-setup/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/elisa-3-140x93.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/elisa-3.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">elisa-3</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/elisa-3-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/picsay-1323275705.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">picsay-1323275705</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/picsay-1323275705-140x70.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://img.youtube.com/vi/k5LWB-C_t20/2.jpg" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=4102&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>The Two Immutable Laws Of Lighting</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/07/04/the-two-immutable-laws-of-lighting/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/07/04/the-two-immutable-laws-of-lighting/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 04 Jul 2011 16:14:45 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[output]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobist]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=3578</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Recently Linda Ralston, one of my Facebook friends, asked me how I go about setting my flash exposure for some nighttime wedding shots I had posted. The conversation on Facebook led to what I dubbed ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_5209.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3578]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3580" title="IMG_5209" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_5209-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>Recently Linda Ralston, one of my Facebook friends, asked me how I go about setting my flash exposure for some nighttime wedding shots I had posted. The conversation on Facebook led to what I dubbed &#8220;The Two Immutable Laws of Lighting&#8221;. If you can get a grasp on these two concepts you will gain tremendous power over your lighting ability. What are these two laws that will elevate you into wielding the power of light the way a Samurai wields a sword? Continue reading to find out.</p>
<p><span id="more-3578"></span></p>
<h3>1. Light travels in constant directions</h3>
<p>Have you even shot pool? If so, you have had an extremely practical lesson in how lighting works. If you aim a light straight, it goes straight, if you aim it into a wall, it bounces off in the opposite direction at the same angle. Before the comments fill up talking about diffusion, refraction, etc, the goal of this is to make the concept easy to understand here.</p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><img class="size-full wp-image-3581 aligncenter" title="angles" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/angles.gif" alt="" width="560" height="207" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left;">By understanding this basic concept you can control the angle that light is hitting your subject. This can be used to create soft or harder lighting, change the mood of an image, and create different lighting styles. Again, there is more to this with sub-topics on light spread and reflectivity but the number of variables involved are almost infinite. For the sake of keeping it understandable, you need to keep the concept simple. Light does not follow general guidelines, nor does it follow suggestions, it absolutely follows the laws of physics. Getting a handle of how light functions will give you many, many more options.</p>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">2. The Inverse Square Law</h3>
<p style="text-align: left;"><em>&#8220;The inverse-square law is a law stating that a specified physical quantity or strength is inversely proportional to the square of the distance from the source of that physical quantity.&#8221; &#8211; Wikipedia</em></p>
<p style="text-align: left;">Pretty heady stuff huh? Let&#8217;s break this down so it is as simple as possible to understand, if you double the distance between the light source and the subject, you need four times the amount of light. Ok, simple if you are always doubling the distance, but what if you want to do it fairly quickly? If we need to calculate the light falloff we can take the distance, multiply it by itself, and take the inverse of that number. So if we take a distance of 2 feet, multiply it by itself, we get 4, and take the inverse which would be 1/4.</p>
<p style="text-align: left;"><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-3582" title="inverse_square_law" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/inverse_square_law.gif" alt="" width="560" height="250" /></p>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">Putting it Together</h3>
<p style="text-align: left;">Keep in mind that these two things work together in that when you bounce light off something you are adding to the distance between the light source and the subject, therefore you need more light. If the angle causes you to double the distance, you need four times as much light. Often the easiest way to increase or decrease the power of the light source is simply to move it towards or away from the subject.</p>
<p style="text-align: left;">If you are trying to learn how to shoot with manual flash, understanding these core principles will put you well on your way.</p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=3578&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/07/04/the-two-immutable-laws-of-lighting/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_5209-140x93.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_5209.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_5209</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_5209-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/angles.gif" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">angles</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/angles-140x51.gif" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/inverse_square_law.gif" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">inverse_square_law</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/inverse_square_law-140x62.gif" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=3578&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Using Colored Gels on Backgrounds</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/06/27/using-colored-gels-on-backgrounds/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/06/27/using-colored-gels-on-backgrounds/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 27 Jun 2011 15:06:36 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[background]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[gels]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobist]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=3536</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[We have covered using colored gels for backgrounds in the past (here) and a very common question is how to get the background color dialed in properly. In this article we will walk through a ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4781.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3536]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3537" title="IMG_4781" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4781-200x200.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="200" /></a>We have covered using colored gels for backgrounds in the past (<a href="http://cameradojo.com/2011/05/10/using-gels-for-colored-backgrounds/">here</a>) and a very common question is how to get the background color dialed in properly. In this article we will walk through a simple setup that will explain the process I go through to get as much color as possible on the background.</p>
<p>The two most common issues are not being able to get the background color bright enough or the background color gets too washed out. Let&#8217;s get right into it and see how we can improve our technique and use colored gels for our backgrounds more effectively.</p>
<h3><span id="more-3536"></span>The Setup</h3>
<p>The setup is very important to make sure everything goes smooth. First off, I prefer using a black seamless paper for the background. Black paper will result in more vibrant colors where a white background will make the colors look duller.</p>
<p>Secondly, you need to make sure that your lights that are lighting your subject are not hitting the background which will cause the colors to wash out as well. The two ways to do this is to use more side-lighting and to increase the distance between the subject and the background. The other advantage of increasing the distance between the subject and the background is that you will be less likely to get color spill on your subject from the background light.</p>
<h3>Getting The Exposure</h3>
<p>Probably the biggest mistake people make when learning to use gels is to get the lighting for the subject all setup and then try to dial in the background. If you do this in the opposite direction you will get where you want much faster. The following are the three images I took in order to get my light dialed in.</p>
<div id="attachment_3540" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4776.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3536]"><img class="size-large wp-image-3540" title="IMG_4776" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4776-500x500.jpg" alt="" width="500" height="500" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Initial Background Shot</p></div>
<p>In the initial background shot you can see that I had no light turned on the subject. The background wasn&#8217;t quite bright enough so I needed to power up the background flash another stop.</p>
<div id="attachment_3539" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4777.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3536]"><img class="size-large wp-image-3539" title="IMG_4777" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4777-500x500.jpg" alt="" width="500" height="500" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Subject Lighting Test</p></div>
<p>in the first lighting test with the subject light, the background is nice and bright from turning the power up, but the subject is still underexposed by about a stop so the main flash needed to be powered up more.</p>
<div id="attachment_3538" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4778.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3536]"><img class="size-large wp-image-3538" title="IMG_4778" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4778-500x500.jpg" alt="" width="500" height="500" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Final Shot</p></div>
<p>In the final shot we have enough light on the subject which is coming from about a 45 degree angle to camera-right and using a Large Rouge Flashbender to flag the light from hitting the background giving me exactly what I needed to get the shot.</p>
<p>The final settings are as follows:</p>
<p>Main Flash: 1/8 Power<br />
Background Flash: 1/8 Power<br />
ISO: 200<br />
Aperture: f/5.6<br />
Shutter: 1/250th</p>
<p>Be sure and experiment with gels and see what you can come up with and be sure and share your images with us.</p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=3536&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/06/27/using-colored-gels-on-backgrounds/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4781-140x140.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4781.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4781</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4781-140x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4776.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4776</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Initial Background Shot</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4776-140x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4777.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4777</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Subject Lighting Test</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4777-140x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4778.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4778</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Final Shot</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4778-140x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=3536&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Umbrellas Versus Softboxes</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/06/21/umbrellas-versus-softboxes/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/06/21/umbrellas-versus-softboxes/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2011 14:09:02 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Softbox]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Speedlites]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobist]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Umbrella]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=3506</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[I get asked quite a bit about the difference in using an umbrella versus a softbox so I figured it was about time to do an article about it and see if I could help ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4747.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3506]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3508" title="IMG_4747" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4747-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>I get asked quite a bit about the difference in using an umbrella versus a softbox so I figured it was about time to do an article about it and see if I could help clear up the mystery of these two popular light modifiers. Both are excellent modifiers and can both be used effectively in different situations.</p>
<p>To really understand the difference, we need to look at how the light comes out from both types of devices so we can decided when best to use which modifier.</p>
<p><span id="more-3506"></span></p>
<h3>Side by Side Comparison</h3>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/umbrella_softbox_compare.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3506]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3511" title="umbrella_softbox_compare" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/umbrella_softbox_compare-200x169.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="169" /></a>It shouldn&#8217;t take too much effort to understand how an umbrella should throw light out. The spherical shape sends light in all directions. This is great for providing a large soft light source that is easy to control and manage and provides a lot of latitude in how it is positioned.</p>
<p>A softbox controls light a lot more keeping it from spreading out so much. Because the beam of light is a lot narrower, the light fall off is much faster so positioning is more important.</p>
<h3>Test Setup</h3>
<p>For our test setup we used Supermodel <a href="http://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=100002226767457">Venus Garrison</a> as our model and setup an umbrella and softbox in the same positions. Below are shots of the actual setups.</p>
<table border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<p><div id="attachment_3509" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 280px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4745.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3506]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-3509" title="IMG_4745" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4745-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="270" height="180" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Umbrella Setup</p></div></td>
<td>
<p><div id="attachment_3507" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 280px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4752.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3506]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-3507" title="IMG_4752" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4752-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="270" height="180" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Softbox Setup</p></div></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The umbrella is a standard 32&#8243; shoot-thru umbrella while the softbox is a <a href="http://blackbeltlighting.com/products-page/lighting-accessories/24-x-24-speedlite-softbox/">24&#8243; x 24&#8243; Ez Softbox from Blackbelt Lighting</a> (my own lighting products company). In both cases, a YN560 speedlite was used on 1/32 power. The camera settings were ISO 200, 1/160th second shutter, and f/5.6.</p>
<h3>The Results</h3>
<p>Looking at the results you should be able to easily see the difference. With the larger apparent size of the umbrella, the light wraps around the face more and creates a softer transition between the highlights and shadows. The softbox provides much more directional light with a faster fall-off. Also notice that the background is darker with the softbox because much less light is hitting it from the softbox.</p>
<table border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<p><div id="attachment_3524" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 276px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4758.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3506]"><img class="size-large wp-image-3524 " title="IMG_4758" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4758-333x500.jpg" alt="" width="266" height="400" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Umbrella</p></div></td>
<td>
<p><div id="attachment_3525" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 276px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4754.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3506]"><img class="size-large wp-image-3525 " title="IMG_4754" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4754-333x500.jpg" alt="" width="266" height="400" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Softbox</p></div></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3>Choosing the right modifier</h3>
<p>Umbrellas are great for beginners since they are easier to use because of their forgiving nature. As you progress and want to create more dramatic images, being able to have more control over your light will become more and more important. Moving up into softboxes will help you to be able to create the look you want.</p>
<p>While the difference in these two images may seem subtle at first, the differences actually fairly dramatic. The umbrella image has some light on the shadow side while the softbox image goes almost completely dark at some points. Softer, light such as the umbrella shot usually make women look better while men are often shot in harsher, more dramatic light. If you are just getting started, I usually recommend starting with umbrellas and moving to softboxes as you want to create more dramatic and edgy images.</p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=3506&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/06/21/umbrellas-versus-softboxes/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>5</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4747-140x93.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4747.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4747</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Softbox</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4747-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/umbrella_softbox_compare.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">umbrella_softbox_compare</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/umbrella_softbox_compare-140x118.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4745.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4745</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Umbrella Setup</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4745-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4752.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4752</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Softbox Setup</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4752-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4758.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4758</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Umbrella</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4758-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4754.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4754</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Softbox</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/IMG_4754-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=3506&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Using Light Modifiers Correctly</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/05/26/using-light-modifiers-correctly/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/05/26/using-light-modifiers-correctly/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 26 May 2011 14:52:01 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Modifiers]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobist]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=3403</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[This weekend I was attending my wife&#8217;s graduation and watched a guy with a high end Canon camera outfitted with the latest 70-200mm f/2.8 L II lens and 580 ex II struggling for half an ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_3821.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3403]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3408" title="IMG_3821" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_3821-133x200.jpg" alt="" width="133" height="200" /></a>This weekend I was attending my wife&#8217;s graduation and watched a guy with a high end Canon camera outfitted with the latest 70-200mm f/2.8 L II lens and 580 ex II struggling for half an hour to get a good exposure. The guy had all the right gear and was only 40 feet away from the stage, and well within the range of the flash. I was in the same situation on the other side of the room. Why did I only need a single test shot to double check my exposure and this guy fired close to one hundred shots and never got a good image? It wasn&#8217;t because I am just awesome or have magic powers, it all boiled down to understanding your gear.</p>
<p><span id="more-3403"></span>Before I just jump in and explain what he was doing wrong, let&#8217;s break down the situation and explain why this shouldn&#8217;t have been a problem.</p>
<p>The room wasn&#8217;t very bright and you needed to shoot at around f/5.6 to keep multiple people in focus. Using this aperture and a reasonable shutter speed of 1/60th required an ISO setting (without flash) of 6,400. A Canon 580 ex II zoomed to 105mm at full power easily has a working distance of 150 feet so I was able to get good exposure at a much lower ISO at only 1/4 power. I didn&#8217;t even bother to use manual flash settings as eTTL was doing just fine.</p>
<p>Given the ability of the equipment, why was it that the other guy was having problems even though he actually had a better camera? Well, the other guy had something I didn&#8217;t, he had a Sto-fen diffuser on his flash. But wait, isn&#8217;t a Sto-fen supposed to improve your flash? Why was this killing the shot?</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/stofen-2.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3403]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3406" title="stofen-2" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/stofen-2-200x153.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="153" /></a>Let&#8217;s break this down. At full power he should have had 150 feet of flash range. Just having the Sto-fen on the flash will cut the total light output by two stops (<a href="http://cameradojo.com/2010/07/04/understanding-light-stops/">Understanding Light Stops</a>), add to that the diffusion that is throwing the light in every possible direction and you are probably losing 60-70% of your forward facing light. If we start with a practical 150&#226;&#8364;&#8482; working range and cut our light by two stops, we cut our working distance down to 37.5&#226;&#8364;&#8482; which would still be in range of having a good exposure. Now let&#226;&#8364;&#8482;s be really conservative here since I don&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t have a Sto-fen here to test and say that its really only wasting 30% of the light and 70% is still going forward, 70% of 37.5&#226;&#8364;&#8482; is 26..25&#226;&#8364;&#8482; which is too short of a working distance to light a subject 40 feet away. All he had to do was remove the Sto-fen diffuser from his flash and he would have got instant great results.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/stofen-1.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3403]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3405" title="stofen-1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/stofen-1-166x200.jpg" alt="" width="166" height="200" /></a>I am not telling this story to mock him for using a Sto-fen, but you have to understand what different modifiers will do to your light and how it will affect your working distance. The following day I saw people at the final graduation event sitting in bleachers close to 350&#226;&#8364;&#8482; away from the subjects and having their flash turned on. Not on the best of days with the wind behind you and finding a four leaf clover will your flash give you an exposure at 350 feet&#226;&#8364;&#166;this is physics, it just aint gonna happen.</p>
<p>This is why you need to learn how your equipment works, try your different modifiers, figure out what the longest working distance you have is and even write it on the device. If you decide a Sto-fen device is best used at 20 feet or less, write a &#226;&#8364;&#339;20-&#226;&#8364;&#339; on it so there is no second guessing when you really need something to work.</p>
<p>Again, I am not knocking the Sto-fen diffuser here, I am simply saying that there is a time and a place for almost any modifier and knowing that some devices will give you a shorter working distance is absolutely critical to making sure you are setup properly.</p>
<p>Any time you get a new light modifier you need to really practice with it and figure out its strengths and weaknesses, and they ALL have weaknesses. Some are better for individuals, some are better for groups, some are better for soft lighting, some are better for dramatic lighting. The point is, they are all different and don&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t assume that you can take one specific modifier, put it on your flash, and never have to worry about it again..</p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=3403&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/05/26/using-light-modifiers-correctly/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>5</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_3821-93x140.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_3821.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_3821</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_3821-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/stofen-2.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">stofen-2</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/stofen-2-140x107.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/stofen-1.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">stofen-1</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/stofen-1-116x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=3403&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Live Learning Lab Webinar &#8211; Light Modifiers &#8211; Wed 6pm PST</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/05/17/live-learning-lab-webinar-light-modifiers-wed-6pm-pst/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/05/17/live-learning-lab-webinar-light-modifiers-wed-6pm-pst/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2011 17:33:21 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[learning lab]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobist]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Webinar]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=3393</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[This month the subject moves to light modifiers. Jason and I will discuss different types of light modifiers such as umbrellas, snoots, flags, grids, and much more and how to choose the modifier that is ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/live2.png" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3393]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3394" title="live2" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/live2-200x73.png" alt="" width="200" height="73" /></a>This month the subject moves to light modifiers. Jason and I will discuss different types of light modifiers such as umbrellas, snoots, flags, grids, and much more and how to choose the modifier that is right for you. Join us for this free webinar on Wed May 18th at 6pm Pacific / 9pm Eastern time. To attend, just follow this link:</p>
<p><a href="https://www.fuzemeeting.com/fuze/42b310f1/13466693">https://www.fuzemeeting.com/fuze/42b310f1/13466693</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=3393&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/05/17/live-learning-lab-webinar-light-modifiers-wed-6pm-pst/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/live2-140x51.png" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/live2.png" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">live2</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/live2-140x51.png" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=3393&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Getting the Shot &#8211; Girl on the Beach</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/05/12/getting-the-shot-girl-on-the-beach/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/05/12/getting-the-shot-girl-on-the-beach/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 12 May 2011 15:34:29 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobist]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=2882</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In this installment of &#8220;Getting the Shot&#8221; we look at night shot of a girl on a beach. We&#194;&#160; see the water crashing onto the subject and a dark sky behind her. She is lit ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_9750.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2882]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-2883" title="IMG_9750" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_9750-133x200.jpg" alt="" width="133" height="200" /></a>In this installment of &#8220;Getting the Shot&#8221; we look at night shot of a girl on a beach. We&#194;&#160; see the water crashing onto the subject and a dark sky behind her. She is lit with some directional light and the water seems frozen in mid-air.</p>
<h3>The Image</h3>
<p>The shot is an evening shot taken after sunset so there is no visible sun and almost no ambient light. The subject is a girl so she needed to be lit properly which meant artificial light. I also wanted the water to be sharp and not have any motion blur in it.<span id="more-2882"></span></p>
<h3>Making The Image</h3>
<p>The light from the sun was almost non-existent so any normal exposure that would freeze the water in mid-air would have resulted in a pitch black background. In order to get any color at all out of the background the shutter speed needed to be 1/15th of a second, now that is one slow shutter! But with that slow of a shutter, why isn&#8217;t the water all blurry (not to mention the subject since I shot it hand-held, not with a tripod)? Since there was almost no ambient light, what freezes the subject and the water is not the shutter but the flash. The speed of the flash is about 1/20,000th of a second so it is this short burst of light that, in effect, acts like a fast shutter speed. The flash was a Canon 580 EX II with a 14&#8243; Lumodi Beauty Dish mounted on it about 3&#8242; away from the subject.</p>
<p>The aperture was set at f/8 to provide a wide field of view for all the water as well as the subject and the ISO was at 200 so keep digital noise to a minimum. The flash was fired using a <a href="http://mer54715.datafeedfile.com/widget_prdt_click.php?aff_num=4088&amp;aff_net=1&amp;type=text_link&amp;size=na&amp;mode=na&amp;sku=WIMTT1C" target="_blank">PocketWizard MiniTT1 Transmitter</a> with <a href="http://mer54715.datafeedfile.com/widget_prdt_click.php?aff_num=4088&amp;aff_net=1&amp;type=text_link&amp;size=na&amp;mode=na&amp;sku=WIAC3ZCC" target="_blank">AC3 ZoneController</a> mounted on a Canon 50D and a <a href="http://mer54715.datafeedfile.com/widget_prdt_click.php?aff_num=4088&amp;aff_net=1&amp;type=text_link&amp;size=na&amp;mode=na&amp;sku=WIFTT5C" target="_blank">PocketWizard FlexTT5 Transceiver</a> on the flash. This combination allowed me to take a few shots and adjust the flash power right from the camera while an assistant held the flash into position.</p>
<div id="attachment_2883" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 543px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_9750.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2882]"><img class="size-full wp-image-2883" title="IMG_9750" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_9750.jpg" alt="" width="533" height="800" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">ISO 200 - f/8 - 1/15th - Handheld</p></div>
<p>While you may not think you can get a sharp image with a long shutter speed, if flash is the only light source then you can use a very long shutter speed and the light from the flash will be so brief that it will effectively freeze the objects in the frame. This is the same technique for freezing bullets in mid-air and other fast moving objects.</p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=2882&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/05/12/getting-the-shot-girl-on-the-beach/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_9750-93x140.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_9750.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_9750</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">ISO 200 - f/8 - 1/15th - Handheld</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_9750-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_9750.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_9750</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">ISO 200 - f/8 - 1/15th - Handheld</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_9750-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=2882&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Using Gels For Colored Backgrounds</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/05/10/using-gels-for-colored-backgrounds/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/05/10/using-gels-for-colored-backgrounds/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2011 14:43:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[gels]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobist]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=3337</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[One of the things I hear that people really struggle with is how to use gels to make colored backgrounds. Why would we want to do this? Well, because sometimes a basic single color background ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_3610.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3337]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3338" title="IMG_3610" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_3610-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>One of the things I hear that people really struggle with is how to use gels to make colored backgrounds. Why would we want to do this? Well, because sometimes a basic single color background is just boring. Adding some gels to the a background light can make it much more dramatic or even set a particular mood or theme. Adding colored gels to your background light can give you a virtually unlimited number of backgrounds.</p>
<h3><span id="more-3337"></span>What you will need</h3>
<p>To start off with, you should get a set of gels. The set I recommend is the <a href="http://mer54715.datafeedfile.com/widget_prdt_click.php?aff_num=4088&amp;aff_net=1&amp;type=text_link&amp;size=na&amp;mode=na&amp;sku=ROSK" target="_blank">Strobist Gell Collection</a> since it contains a large number of gels of different colors that are pre-cut to fit most speedlites. Second, you will need some way to attach the gels to your speedlite. I generally use the <a href="http://mer54715.datafeedfile.com/widget_prdt_click.php?aff_num=4088&amp;aff_net=1&amp;type=text_link&amp;size=na&amp;mode=na&amp;sku=LUCGH" target="_blank">Lumiquest Gel Holder</a> or just some basic <a href="http://mer54715.datafeedfile.com/widget_prdt_click.php?aff_num=4088&amp;aff_net=1&amp;type=text_link&amp;size=na&amp;mode=na&amp;sku=GBGT160B" target="_blank">gaffers tape</a>.</p>
<p>Once you have the gel attached to your flash, you are ready to get going.</p>
<h3>The Lighting Setup</h3>
<p>This is where people often get hung up because a poor setup can cause light to spill on to the subject or the main lights can wash out the color effect. Ideally you want 3 feet or more between the background and the subject to prevent spill and you want the main lights to be angled enough to not spill onto the background to wash it out. Later on we will look at some actual setups to show how they are done.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_3615.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3337]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3339" title="IMG_3615" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_3615-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>In the first image, we saw just a plain black background which was done with black seamless paper and the lighting was coming from an side angle to prevent hitting the background. In this image we have a single speedlite one 1/2 power with a purple gel shooting up from behind the subject. This is a very simple yet effective setup since it used a single light source. To help the light spread out, the flash zoom was set to 24mm to make it as wide as possible (without a modifier).</p>
<p>If the flash isn&#8217;t set high enough you won&#8217;t get much of an effect. If it is set too high, the color will wash out and you will get white.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_3617.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3337]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3340" title="IMG_3617" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_3617-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>If you want to take it a step further add a second light with the same or a different color. In this case I changed the purple to a red and added a second flash with a blue gel. Take notice that where the colors overlap they actually mix and become purple. If you are trying to use two different colors, you will need to keep this mixing effect in mind and might have to take steps to flag the two flashes to keep the colors from mixing.</p>
<p>Another thing to try is to use multiple gels on a single flash by covering half of the flash with one color and the other half with a different color.<a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_1816.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3337]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3346" title="IMG_1816" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_1816-133x200.jpg" alt="" width="133" height="200" /></a> For a recent benefit shoot I tried this with pretty decent results.</p>
<p>Again you can see the distinct blue and red colors but a purple where the colors mixed. I am going to continue to play with this technique and see what I can get with possibly using a vertical card in between the two gels to try to keep the colors separated more.</p>
<p>Even though the colors mixed more than I would have liked, the overall effect was very nice although I later wished I had used a white or black background as the gray seamless was a little too drab where the color wasn&#8217;t hitting it.</p>
<p>The following is an image from the shoot showing how the images turned out.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_1803.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3337]"><img class="aligncenter size-large wp-image-3347" title="IMG_1803" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_1803-333x500.jpg" alt="" width="333" height="500" /></a>What I really wanted to achieve was a red, white, and blue effect so back in the studio I start experimenting to see what I could come up with. What I finally came up with was a three light setup with bare flashes with the gels on the bottom and an non-gelled flash higher up to provide a white splash. If I used just a bare flash for the white, the spot was too big and washed out the other colors so I added a&#194;&#160;<a href="http://mer54715.datafeedfile.com/widget_prdt_click.php?aff_num=4088&amp;aff_net=1&amp;type=text_link&amp;size=na&amp;mode=na&amp;sku=EXHG" target="_blank">Rouge 3-In-1 Grid</a> to keep the light contained.</p>
<p>The first test was alright but the white spot was too small.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_3622.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3337]"><img class="aligncenter size-large wp-image-3341" title="IMG_3622" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_3622-500x333.jpg" alt="" width="500" height="333" /></a>To solve this, I took the small grid out of the Rouge Grid so I would get a little larger of a spot and got the resulting image.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_3626.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3337]"><img class="aligncenter size-large wp-image-3342" title="IMG_3626" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_3626-500x333.jpg" alt="" width="500" height="333" /></a>There I had it, a red, white, and blue background effect. The next image is a shot of the actual lighting setup so you can see how it was all put together.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/setup.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3337]"><img class="aligncenter size-large wp-image-3349" title="setup" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/setup-500x333.jpg" alt="" width="500" height="333" /></a>Hopefully this will inspire you to get creative with using gels for different background effects. It just takes a little patience and practice to get it all dialed in right, but once you do, the possibilities are endless.</p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=3337&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/05/10/using-gels-for-colored-backgrounds/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_3610-140x93.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_3610.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_3610</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_3610-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_3615.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_3615</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_3615-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_3617.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_3617</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_3617-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_1816.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_1816</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_1816-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_1803.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_1803</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_1803-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_3622.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_3622</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_3622-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_3626.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_3626</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/IMG_3626-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/setup.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">setup</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/setup-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=3337&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Black Belt Lighting at San Diego Bargain Camera Show April 17th</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/04/14/black-belt-lighting-at-san-diego-bargain-camera-show-april-17th/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/04/14/black-belt-lighting-at-san-diego-bargain-camera-show-april-17th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 14 Apr 2011 19:24:42 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobist]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=3287</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[If you are in the San Diego area and would like to come check out the products from Black Belt Lighting, come by our booth at the Bargain Camera Show this weekend. We will have ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/bcs_new-header.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3287]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3288" title="bcs_new-header" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/bcs_new-header-200x25.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="25" /></a>If you are in the San Diego area and would like to come check out the products from Black Belt Lighting, come by our booth at the Bargain Camera Show this weekend. We will have all of the products on display so you can try them out for yourself.</p>
<p>For more information about the show, please check out <a href="http://www.bargaincamerashows.com/bcs_sd_map.htm">http://www.bargaincamerashows.com/bcs_sd_map.htm</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=3287&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/04/14/black-belt-lighting-at-san-diego-bargain-camera-show-april-17th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/bcs_new-header-140x17.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/bcs_new-header.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">bcs_new-header</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/bcs_new-header-140x17.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=3287&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>PocketWizard AC3 ZoneController</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/04/06/pocketwizard-ac3-zonecontroller/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/04/06/pocketwizard-ac3-zonecontroller/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 06 Apr 2011 13:30:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ControlTL]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[eTTL]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[FlexTT5]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MiniTT1]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pocketwizard]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobist]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=3267</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By now everyone should know that I am a huge fan of off-camera lighting and with a little practice, it&#226;&#8364;&#8482;s not that hard to really get the hang of it and add a whole new ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_4712.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3267]"><img style="display: inline;" title="IMG_4712" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_4712_thumb.jpg" alt="IMG_4712" width="240" height="160" align="right" /></a>By now everyone should know that I am a huge fan of off-camera lighting and with a little practice, it&#226;&#8364;&#8482;s not that hard to really get the hang of it and add a whole new dimension to your images. I actually don&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t think understanding the concept of lighting is nearly as hard as figuring out the technical aspect of how to actually make it all work. The Canon wireless system requires a line of site from the camera making complex lighting setups difficult and can really prevent the use of some types of modifiers. Inexpensive wireless triggers bring good range and affordable cost but you lose the ability to control light output from the camera. Higher end systems like the <a href="http://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/605720-REG/PocketWizard_801_150_FlexTT5_Transceiver_Radio_Slave.html/BI/4088/KBID/3100">PocketWizard ControlTL</a> system combine the control of the Canon/Nikon TTL system with the power of using radio frequencies but then you are sometimes constrained by the limitations of the Canon or Nikon controls. What you really need is the benefits of radio frequencies, the power of the camera&#226;&#8364;&#8482;s TTL metering, but with a multi-zone override and manual control, all from the camera. This is precisely what PocketWizard has delivered with the <a href="http://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/724310-REG/PocketWizard_804_706_AC3_ZoneController_for_Canon.html/BI/4088/KBID/3100">AC3 Zone Controller</a>.</p>
<p><span id="more-3267"></span></p>
<h3>What is the AC3?</h3>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_4716.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3267]"><img style="display: inline; float: right;" title="IMG_4716" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_4716_thumb.jpg" alt="IMG_4716" width="240" height="160" align="right" /></a>The PocketWizard AC3 ZoneController is an add-on to the ControlTL system that brings a new level of control to your lighting setups. Before we get to deep into this we need to take a step back and look at what the Canon system delivers so we can see how the AC3 ZoneController enhances the original functionality.</p>
<p>While I am not going to go deep into detail here as that would require an entire book, let&#226;&#8364;&#8482;s break it down into two main types of control the Canon system has.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>eTTL Ratio Control<br />
</strong>With eTTL Ratio mode you have an A and a B channel that will provide automatic metering through the camera. You can provide more power to one channel while taking power away from the other. This is a very basic ratio control and the only override you have is a general flash exposure compensation. You can then add to that a C channel which operates independently and has its own power adjustment. The downside with this setup is that a simple ratio control sometimes isn&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t enough.</li>
<li><strong>Manual Control<br />
</strong>In manual control you can simply adjust each of the three channels independently. This is generally my favorite mode but the main problem is still the line-of-site issue and that pesky third channel is often now in a good position to get a signal from the main flash.</li>
</ul>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_4715.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3267]"><img style="display: inline; float: right;" title="IMG_4715" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_4715_thumb.jpg" alt="IMG_4715" width="240" height="202" align="right" /></a>While the PocketWizard ControlTL system solves the line-of-site issue, the problem has always been that if you still want all of the functionality of the Canon wireless system, you still had to put a 580 EX/EX II flash on top of the MiniTT1 module to enable the full range of controls. What I really wanted was to be able to use ALL of my speedlites off-camera and not have to sacrifice one just for the controls.</p>
<p>This is exactly where the AC3 ZoneController comes in. The AC3 provides you with three different channels to work work (make me now wish for 4 or 5 though) that can be managed in three different ways:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Off<br />
</strong>Should be self-explanatory here, if not, this allows you to simply turn off each channel by itself.</li>
<li><strong>Auto</strong><br />
Uses the Canon TTL system for automatic metering while provide a simple override dial giving you plus or minus three stops.</li>
<li><strong>Manual<br />
</strong>Provides manual control over each channel from 1/64th power to Full Power.</li>
</ul>
<h3>Using the AC3 ZoneController</h3>
<p>I certainly have to admit that I don&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t miss having to have a complete speedlite on top of the camera to give me the control of my lighting since this give me one more light at my disposal to use to light the scene. I also should admit that I shoot the vast majority of my work with manual flash. I find it to be more reliable and consistent than using eTTL. The ability to turn channels on/off and adjust the power without having to walk over to where the speedlite is can come in very handy.</p>
<p>For most portrait setups, the Automatic mode will work the vast majority of the time, its usually only when the subject has odd-reflective properties do things have a tendency to get a little wonky. Still, I shoot my camera in manual, and I generally keep my flash in manual.</p>
<p>One of the biggest advantages is the time savings in dialing in your lighting output power. I can start with all of the lights off to adjust for the ambient. Then turn on the accent light to get it&#226;&#8364;&#8482;s power set, add the fill light, and then the key light and everything comes together very quickly without multiple trips to each light or having to have a VOLS handy.</p>
<p>Keep in mind that you are paying for this convenience. A three light ControlTL power system would consist of the following components:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B001TAPOQ0/ref=as_li_ss_tl?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=cameradojo-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B001TAPOQ0">MiniTT1 Transmitter</a> $199</li>
<li>Three <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B001TANZ0W/ref=as_li_ss_tl?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=cameradojo-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B001TANZ0W">FlexTT5 Transceivers</a> @&#194;&#160; $229 each</li>
<li><a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B003YFITC4/ref=as_li_ss_tl?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=cameradojo-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B003YFITC4">AC3 ZoneController</a> $79</li>
</ul>
<p>So a three light setup will set you back $955.00. While a cheap, manually only trigger kit will run less than $100. While this does sound like a staggering difference in cost, and it certainly is up front, you have to consider the time factor of being able to control everything from your camera. You simply do not always have the luxury of time to run around adjusting lights to get exactly what you want. The time factor can certainly pay for itself fairly quickly since you can dial in all three zones without having to waste your own time or have an assistant.</p>
<h3>Putting the AC3 ZoneController to Use</h3>
<p>The following sequence of images shows exactly what I described above from starting with ambient light and adding the three lights in order.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="2" width="560">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="280" valign="top"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0408.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3267]"><img style="display: inline;" title="IMG_0408" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0408_thumb.jpg" alt="IMG_0408" width="275" height="412" /></a><br />
Get Exposure for Ambient Light</td>
<td width="280" valign="top"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0409.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3267]"><img style="display: inline;" title="IMG_0409" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0409_thumb.jpg" alt="IMG_0409" width="275" height="412" /></a><br />
Setup Background Light</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="280" valign="top"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0415.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3267]"><img style="display: inline;" title="IMG_0415" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0415_thumb.jpg" alt="IMG_0415" width="275" height="412" /></a><br />
Add Fill Light</td>
<td width="280" valign="top"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0416.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3267]"><img style="display: inline;" title="IMG_0416" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0416_thumb.jpg" alt="IMG_0416" width="275" height="412" /></a><br />
Add Key Light</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The beauty of the PocketWizard AC3 ZoneController is that turning lights on and off and adjusting their power is all done without have to step away from the camera. If your lights are pointed in the right direction it should only take a few shots to get everything you need dialed in quickly and accurately.</p>
<p>If you have already made the investment in the PocketWizard ControlTL system, plunking down another $79 in order to have the AC3&#226;&#8364;&#8482;s level of control should be a complete no-brainer.</p>
<p>Pockwizard Website: <a title="http://www.pocketwizard.com/" href="http://www.pocketwizard.com/">http://www.pocketwizard.com/</a><br />
PocketWizard Blog: <a title="http://blog.pocketwizard.com/" href="http://blog.pocketwizard.com/">http://blog.pocketwizard.com/</a></p>
<p>Amazon Links</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B001TAPOQ0/ref=as_li_ss_tl?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=cameradojo-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B001TAPOQ0">MiniTTL Transmitter</a></li>
<li><a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B001TANZ0W/ref=as_li_ss_tl?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=cameradojo-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B001TANZ0W">FlexTT5 Transceivers</a></li>
<li><a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B003YFITC4/ref=as_li_ss_tl?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=cameradojo-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B003YFITC4">AC3 ZoneController</a></li>
</ul>
<p><iframe width="300" scrolling="no" height="250" frameborder="0" style="border:none;" border="0" src="http://mer54715.datafeedfile.com/aff_widget_prdt_generate.php?aff_num=4088&#038;aff_net=1&#038;mode=m&#038;size=300x250&#038;sku=WIAC3ZCC,WIMTT1C,WIFTT5C,WIAC7&#038;link_target=y" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0"></iframe></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=3267&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/04/06/pocketwizard-ac3-zonecontroller/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>6</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_4712_thumb.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_4712_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4712</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_4716_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4716</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_4715_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4715</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0408_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_0408</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0409_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_0409</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0415_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_0415</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0416_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_0416</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=3267&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>ExpoImaging Rogue 3-In-1 Grid Review</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/04/04/expoimaging-rogue-3-in-1-grid-review/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/04/04/expoimaging-rogue-3-in-1-grid-review/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 04 Apr 2011 17:00:26 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Expoimaging]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Grid]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Honeycomb]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Rogue]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobist]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=3234</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[I am a sucker for gadgets and light modifiers and one of my favorites lately has been the Rogue FlashBenders. What I really liked about the FlashBenders is the built-in strap and the bendable strips ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_02631.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3234]"><img style="display: inline; float: right;" title="IMG_0263" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0263_thumb.jpg" alt="IMG_0263" width="240" height="218" align="right" /></a>I am a sucker for gadgets and light modifiers and one of my favorites lately has been the Rogue FlashBenders. What I really liked about the FlashBenders is the built-in strap and the bendable strips that help the pieces keep their shape. I wasn&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t sure what they would do as a follow-up and I was pleasantly surprised to see the release of the new 3-In-1 Grid.</p>
<p>I personally love using grids to help control light spread. Grids are great for hair lights, accent lights, and can even be used as a primary light for some really dramatic lighting. The downside to grids is that you basically get what you get. Even the most popular companies that make grids make them in different styles so you can get different amounts of light spreads. If you want any variety you have to buy multiple grids. ExpoImaging has attempted to solve this problem with the 3-In-1 Grid by providing three different styles in order to get different light spreads from a single piece of equipment. How does it work? Well, you need to read the complete article for details.<span id="more-3234"></span></p>
<h3><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/GridStack.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3234]"><img style="display: inline; float: right;" title="GridStack" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/GridStack_thumb.jpg" alt="GridStack" width="240" height="225" align="right" /></a>How Does it Work?</h3>
<p>The Rogue 3-In-1 Grid consists of four pieces that work together. First you have the sleeve that fits onto your speedlte, by itself it could actually be used as a small snoot. Next you have the outer bevel that fits onto the end of the sleeve. Then you have a 45&#203;&#353; screen and a 25&#203;&#353; screen. These screen can be used individually or stacked together to create a 16&#203;&#353; screen.</p>
<p>The smaller the grid angle, the smaller the beam size will be on the subject. Having three different angle degrees means you only have to buy one device that can provide you with multiple lighting styles. Since the sleeve is very similar to the FlashBenders, it lays flat and the complete package isn&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t any larger than other grids on the market. This is a very welcome design feature for people who have a limited amount of space in the camera bag.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="2" width="560">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="186" valign="top"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0223.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3234]"><img style="display: inline;" title="IMG_0223" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0223_thumb.jpg" alt="IMG_0223" width="175" height="117" /></a><br />
16&#203;&#353; Grid</td>
<td width="186" valign="top"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0224.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3234]"><img style="display: inline;" title="IMG_0224" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0224_thumb.jpg" alt="IMG_0224" width="175" height="117" /></a><br />
25&#203;&#353; Grid</td>
<td width="186" valign="top"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0229.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3234]"><img style="display: inline;" title="IMG_0229" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0229_thumb.jpg" alt="IMG_0229" width="175" height="117" /></a><br />
45&#203;&#353; Grid</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3>Using The Rogue 3-In-1 Grid</h3>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0334.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3234]"><img style="display: inline; float: right;" title="IMG_0334" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0334_thumb.jpg" alt="IMG_0334" width="160" height="240" align="right" /></a>One of the more common used of a grid is to add an accent light such as a hair light. In this shot here, our model <a href="http://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=100002226767457">Venus</a> is shown being light from camera-right with a beauty dish while the Rogue 3-In-1 Grid is used high and left to provide a hair light (ok, so in the case the word &#226;&#8364;&#732;hair&#226;&#8364;&#8482; is used rather loosely).</p>
<p>In this case we used the 16&#203;&#353; configuration, had we used a larger grid angle we could have lit the entire side of the face.</p>
<p>What I really like about the Rogue Grid is that it puts out a nice circular pattern. With almost all other honeycomb grids,&#194;&#160; they create a more rectangular shape because of their design. Now sometimes that may be what you want, but generally I would prefer as round of a beam as possible.</p>
<h3>Background Lights</h3>
<p>Beyond hair and accent, another great use of grids is controlling light on backgrounds. Instead of attaching a Velcro strap, then attaching a Lumiquest FX, and then putting the Grid over that, I simply use the sleeve of the Grid to hold the Lumiquest FX in place and fire away.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="2" width="560">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="280" valign="top"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0335.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3234]"><img style="display: inline;" title="IMG_0335" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0335_thumb.jpg" alt="IMG_0335" width="275" height="412" /></a></td>
<td width="280" valign="top"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0341.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3234]"><img style="display: inline;" title="IMG_0341" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0341_thumb.jpg" alt="IMG_0341" width="275" height="412" /></a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>To get this background shot the speedlite with the Grid and blue gel was positioned just below shoulder and pointed slightly up onto the background.</p>
<h3>Summary</h3>
<p>The Rogue 3-In-1 Grid hits the mark on a number of key areas. First off its three different grid sizes in one on top of a short snoot and even a nice size catch light card. Any product that is a true multi-tasker is much more welcome in my camera bag than a uni-tasker.&#194;&#160; Secondly, it takes up very little space in my bag and since bag space is not infinite, the more functionality you can fit into the same amount of space, the better off you are.</p>
<p>At <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B004TGZ7WM/ref=as_li_ss_tl?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=cameradojo-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B004TGZ7WM">$49.95</a>, its not the cheapest piece of gear but when you consider the versatility it really is quite a bargain. When you look at competing products that require you to buy multiple units along with attachment straps, the Rogue 3-In-1 is actually a cheaper, and more versatile solution.</p>
<p>If you want to get really creative with your lighting, the <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B004TGZ7WM/ref=as_li_ss_tl?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=cameradojo-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B004TGZ7WM">ExpoImaging Rogue 3-In-1 Grid</a> should really be part of your lighting gear.</p>
<p><iframe width="300" scrolling="no" height="250" frameborder="0" style="border:none;" border="0" src="http://mer54715.datafeedfile.com/aff_widget_prdt_generate.php?aff_num=4088&#038;aff_net=1&#038;mode=m&#038;size=300x250&#038;sku=EXHG,EXFBRL,EXFBRS,EXFBC&#038;link_target=y" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0"></iframe></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=3234&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/04/04/expoimaging-rogue-3-in-1-grid-review/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0263_thumb.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0263_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_0263</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/GridStack_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">GridStack</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0223_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_0223</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0224_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_0224</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0229_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_0229</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0334_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_0334</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0335_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_0335</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/IMG_0341_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_0341</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=3234&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Simple Event Lighting Setup with Canon eTTL II Wireless System</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/03/30/simple-event-lighting-setup-with-canon-ettl-ii-wireless-system/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/03/30/simple-event-lighting-setup-with-canon-ettl-ii-wireless-system/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 30 Mar 2011 15:00:53 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[580 EX]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[580 EX II]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[canon]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[eTTL]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ETTL II]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Speedlite]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobist]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=3192</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Shooting an awards ceremony usually doesn&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t allow you the opportunity to setup much in the way of lighting.
&#160;
At a recent event I only had a few minutes to get whatever I was going to do ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Shooting an awards ceremony usually doesn&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t allow you the opportunity to setup much in the way of lighting.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/03/IMG_0015.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3192]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3190" title="IMG_0015.jpg" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/03/IMG_0015-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>At a recent event I only had a few minutes to get whatever I was going to do setup and tested and I didn&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t have anyone available to stand in for the speaker to test the lighting. While I would usually throw up a couple of <a href="http://blackbeltlighting.com">YN560</a>&#226;&#8364;&#8482;s and some <a href="http://blackbeltlighting.com">wireless flash triggers</a>, the problem was I didn&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t have either the time or a subject to help dial in the lighting. Sure I could have used a light meter but I also didn&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t really know how things might change as the spotlights came on and I wanted to make sure things were going to work right.</p>
<p>For me, this would normally be a simple case of using the <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B001TAPOQ0/ref=as_li_ss_tl?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=cameradojo-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B001TAPOQ0">PocketWizard ControlTL system</a> with the <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B003YFITC4/ref=as_li_ss_tl?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=cameradojo-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B003YFITC4">Zone Controller</a> so I could change my lighting on the fly from wherever in the room I ended up. The reason I didn&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t go with my regular <a href="http://blaclbeltlighting.com">Blackbelt Lighting</a> triggers was simply a convenience factor so I could change the flash output remotely.</p>
<p><span id="more-3192"></span></p>
<p>The second concern I had was where to put the lights to get good lighting on the speakers without blocking the view from the tables. While I had a good position and angle, using an umbrella would get in the way of some people&#226;&#8364;&#8482;s view while also flashing the audience at the same time.</p>
<p>The solution had to have the following qualities:</p>
<ul>
<li>Small enough not to block the view from the side</li>
<li>Big enough to provide a good light source</li>
<li>Can&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t be obnoxious to the audience</li>
<li>Had to be able to adjust the power output remotely</li>
</ul>
<p>While this isn&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t a huge list of requirements, it does represent a unique challenge. How to you get something big enough to give a good light source but not be really visible from the audience? My solution was actually quite simple and required very little in additional equipment over two Canon 580 flashes.</p>
<h3>The Lighting Setup</h3>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/03/VR_Diagram.png" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3192]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3186" title="VR_Diagram.png" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/03/VR_Diagram-200x147.png" alt="" width="200" height="147" /></a>Let&#226;&#8364;&#8482;s start with the actual lighting setup. The main light is a Canon 580 EX speedlite on a lightstand to camera right. The fill light is a Canon 580 EX II mounted on-camera. The 580 EX main light was switched to Slave mode on wireless group B with the body of the flash aimed back towards the audience.</p>
<p>The 580 EX II on the camera was in Master mode on Group A. With this setup, especially because the remote flash was in front of the Master light and aimed back to the on-camera flash&#226;&#8364;&#8482;s position, this setup should work quite well without the need for a radio transmitter system.</p>
<p>While I would normally use the PocketWizard ControlTL system for this setup, except that the battery in the MiniTTL transmitter was dead, and since it is not a common battery, I had no means to replace it before the shoot. (The battery sells for about $12 at Radio Shack or $3.99 at Batteries Plus).</p>
<h3>The Modifier</h3>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/03/IMG_0005.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3192]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3188" title="IMG_0005.jpg" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/03/IMG_0005-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>The choice of modifier here is what really pulled everything together. I used a <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B003UOIMAS/ref=as_li_ss_tl?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=cameradojo-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B003UOIMAS">Rogue Large FlashBender</a>. The large size provides a nice size light source so the shadows wouldn&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t be too harsh. The FlashBender also allowed me to fold down one side so that when the flash went off the audience didn&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t really see it, so the flash going off wasn&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t annoying to the audience.</p>
<p>Since the FlashBender is much smaller than an umbrella, it was basically hid behind the existing balloons so it wasn&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t blocking the view from the audience on that side of the room.</p>
<h3>The Results</h3>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/03/IMG_0015.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3192]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3190" title="IMG_0015.jpg" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/03/IMG_0015-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>Using only the eTTL Wireless System built into the Canon 580 EX/580 EX II flashes I had the ability to adjust lighting ratios between the main light and the fill light.</p>
<p>The <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B003UOIMAS/ref=as_li_ss_tl?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=cameradojo-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B003UOIMAS">FlashBender</a> rounded out the solution by being &#226;&#8364;&#339;big enough&#226;&#8364; without being too big that it would block the view. The ability to fold the one side down to flag the flash from the audience kept the flash from bothering the audience.</p>
<p>In the end, we ended up with what looked like nice window light even though there were no windows in the room at all.</p>
<p>The flash ratio was generally 1:4 (B group 4x brighter than fill) and with the A being a bare flash firing right at the subject and the B light firing up through a modifier, this create a fairly nice directional light.</p>
<p>If I had to do anything differently, I would have brought in a larger lightstand so I could have got the flash higher to add a little down-angle to the shadows.</p>
<p>With all of the gear I have, this shoot really boiled down to the camera, two 580 EX/EX II flashes, a light stand, a swivel mount, and a simple light modifier. The end results look quite nice, certainly much nicer than just using an on-camera flash and blasting flat light on everyone.</p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=3192&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/03/30/simple-event-lighting-setup-with-canon-ettl-ii-wireless-system/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>8</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/03/IMG_0015-140x93.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/03/IMG_0015.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_0015.jpg</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/03/IMG_0015-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/03/VR_Diagram.png" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">VR_Diagram.png</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/03/VR_Diagram-140x103.png" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/03/IMG_0005.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_0005.jpg</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/03/IMG_0005-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/03/IMG_0015.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_0015.jpg</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/03/IMG_0015-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=3192&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Podcast #97 &#8211; Conversation with Jason Groupp &#8211; Talking about lighting</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/03/08/podcast-97-conversation-with-jason-groupp-talking-about-lighting/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/03/08/podcast-97-conversation-with-jason-groupp-talking-about-lighting/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 08 Mar 2011 15:52:48 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Podcasts]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Jason Groupp]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[podcast]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobist]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=3130</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In this episode Kerry is joined by New york Wedding Photographer Jason Groupp. Jason&#8217;s approach to lighting is very simple and straightforward but results in very commercial/high fashion looking images. This week Kerry and Jason ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/03/jasongroupp.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3130]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3132" title="jasongroupp" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/03/jasongroupp-200x200.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="200" /></a>In this episode Kerry is joined by New york Wedding Photographer Jason Groupp. Jason&#8217;s approach to lighting is very simple and straightforward but results in very commercial/high fashion looking images. This week Kerry and Jason discuss different aspects of lighting people and how you can use these techniques in your images.</p>
<p><span id="more-3130"></span>Book Mention: <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/1576754308?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=cameradojo-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=1576754308">How to Get Ideas</a> &#8211; Jack Foster</p>
<p>Upcoming Workshop<br />
<a href="http://photonortheast.com">http://photonortheast.com</a>/</p>
<p>4 day fusion workshop<br />
<a href="http://www.niagaraschool.com/">http://www.niagaraschool.com/</a></p>
<p>Be sure and check out Jason&#8217;s work at <a href="http://jasongroupp.com">http://jasongroupp.com</a></p>
<p><strong>Show Host</strong></p>
<p>Kerry Garrison<br />
<a href="http://kerrygarrison.com">http://kerrygarrison.com</a><br />
<a href="http://twitter.com/kerrygarrison">Twitter</a> / <a href="http://facebook.com/garrisonphotography">Facebook</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=3130&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/03/08/podcast-97-conversation-with-jason-groupp-talking-about-lighting/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>9</slash:comments>
			<enclosure url="http://cameradojo.com/podpress_trac/feed/3130/0/episode97.mp3" length="64766926" type="audio/mpeg" />
		<itunes:duration>1:07:21</itunes:duration>
		<itunes:subtitle>In this episode Kerry is joined by New york Wedding Photographer Jason Groupp. Jason&#8217;s approach to lighting is very simple and straightforward but results in very commercial/high fashion looking images. This week Kerry and Jason discuss differ[...]</itunes:subtitle>
		<itunes:summary>In this episode Kerry is joined by New york Wedding Photographer Jason Groupp. Jason&#8217;s approach to lighting is very simple and straightforward but results in very commercial/high fashion looking images. This week Kerry and Jason discuss different aspects of lighting people and how you can use these techniques in your images.
Book Mention: How to Get Ideas &#8211; Jack Foster
Upcoming Workshop
http://photonortheast.com/
4 day fusion workshop
http://www.niagaraschool.com/
Be sure and check out Jason&#8217;s work at http://jasongroupp.com
Show Host
Kerry Garrison
http://kerrygarrison.com
Twitter / Facebook
</itunes:summary>
		<itunes:keywords>Podcasts</itunes:keywords>
		<itunes:author>kgarrison@gmail.com</itunes:author>
		<itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
		<itunes:block>no</itunes:block>

		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/03/jasongroupp-140x140.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/03/jasongroupp.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">jasongroupp</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/03/jasongroupp-140x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=3130&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Single Light Portraits &#8211; Yes You Can!</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/02/15/single-light-portraits-yes-you-can/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/02/15/single-light-portraits-yes-you-can/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 15 Feb 2011 14:00:06 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobist]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=3044</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Since I launched the Blackbelt Lighting Products the most common question I get asked is &#8220;How many lights do I need?&#8221;. The problem is there is no simple answer to that, except that I always ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/IMG_7980.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3044]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3045" title="IMG_7980" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/IMG_7980-133x200.jpg" alt="" width="133" height="200" /></a>Since I launched the <a href="http://blackbeltlighting.com">Blackbelt Lighting Products</a> the most common question I get asked is &#8220;How many lights do I need?&#8221;. The problem is there is no simple answer to that, except that I always tell people that they should always master a single light before adding more lights to your setup.</p>
<p>With even just a single light you can create really nice portraits. All of the examples here were created with just a single light with the only change being the position of the subject&#8217;s face in relation to the light.<span id="more-3044"></span></p>
<p>For some people, the shadows may be too harsh in which case adding a reflector to bounce some light back into the shadows will help brighten up the shadow side of the face.</p>
<p>With the light shooting through an umbrella and the umbrella positioned just above the subject&#8217;s head and angled down to point right at her eye, we get some nice directional lighting which is quite flattering.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/IMG_7989.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3044]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3046" title="IMG_7989" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/IMG_7989-133x200.jpg" alt="" width="133" height="200" /></a>In the second we turned the subject&#8217;s body away from the light and had her look almost directly into the light. &#194;&#160;This gave us a little more light wrapping around her face while still giving a little directional light.</p>
<p>Because of the size of the light source and the closeness of it to the subject we still get plenty of light on her body while the directional light brings out the detail in the dress.</p>
<p>Because the light is higher than the subject&#8217;s head, we also get the advantage of lighting up the hair nicely.</p>
<p>In the next example, we look at the same scene with and without the use of a reflector.</p>
<table border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<p><div id="attachment_3050" class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 276px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/IMG_7964.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3044]"><img class="size-large wp-image-3050 " title="IMG_7964" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/IMG_7964-333x500.jpg" alt="" width="266" height="400" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Without Reflector</p></div></td>
<td>
<p><div id="attachment_3051" class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 276px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/IMG_7966.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3044]"><img class="size-large wp-image-3051 " title="IMG_7966" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/IMG_7966-333x500.jpg" alt="" width="266" height="400" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Gold Reflector to Camera Left</p></div></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>As you can see, even if you are on a budget and can&#8217;t afford a multiple light setup yet, you can still create great images with just a single flash and a adding a reflector greatly increases your versatility.</p>
<p>Start off with a simple setup and learn to use it to it&#8217;s full advantage before trying to complicate things with multiple light sources. You also don&#8217;t need a big studio either, all of these shots were shot in the exact same location which was no more than ten feet wide and deep.</p>
<p>To wrap this up, here are a couple more shots that were also done with just a single light.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/IMG_7997.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3044]"><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-3047" title="IMG_7997" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/IMG_7997.jpg" alt="" width="533" height="800" /></a></p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/IMG_8003.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3044]"><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-3048" title="IMG_8003" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/IMG_8003.jpg" alt="" width="533" height="800" /></a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=3044&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/02/15/single-light-portraits-yes-you-can/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/IMG_7980-93x140.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/IMG_7980.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_7980</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/IMG_7980-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/IMG_7989.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_7989</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/IMG_7989-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/IMG_7964.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_7964</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Without Reflector</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/IMG_7964-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/IMG_7966.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_7966</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Gold Reflector to Camera Left</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/IMG_7966-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/IMG_7997.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_7997</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/IMG_7997-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/IMG_8003.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_8003</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/IMG_8003-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=3044&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Cactus V5 Wireless Trigger Review</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/01/28/cactus-v5-wireless-trigger-review/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/01/28/cactus-v5-wireless-trigger-review/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 28 Jan 2011 14:00:31 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cactus V5]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Review]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Speedlite]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobist]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless Trigger]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=3018</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[When it comes to wireless flash triggers you have the big names like Pocketwizard and Radio Popper but on the other side of the scale, one brand has been known for its reliability and on-going ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/catcusv5.png" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3018]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3019" title="catcusv5" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/catcusv5-200x152.png" alt="" width="200" height="152" /></a>When it comes to wireless flash triggers you have the big names like Pocketwizard and Radio Popper but on the other side of the scale, one brand has been known for its reliability and on-going innovation, and that&#8217;s the Cactus brand. My Cactus V2&#8242;s have been with me for years and still work so when folks at Harvemetst One, the company behind the Cactus brand, asked me to try out the upcoming V5&#8242;s, I jumped at the chance.</p>
<h3><span id="more-3018"></span>Full Disclosure</h3>
<p>Let&#8217;s be clear on one thing here, I sell a competing product to the Cactus triggers. My triggers are quite affordable, work well, support 4 channels, and have a range of about 90 feet. The reason I am pointing this out is not to pimp out my own products but to be honest about it and I promise to be as fair and unbiased as possible during this review.</p>
<h3><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_7124.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3018]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3020" title="IMG_7124" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_7124-200x139.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="139" /></a>Features</h3>
<p>Most low cost wireless triggers have a transmitter and then separate receivers. The Cactus V5 only come one way, as transceivers. Each transceiver can be either a transmitter or receiver depending on how you are using it.</p>
<p>A nice feature change from my old V2&#8242;s is the use of standard AAA batteries. Push on the back and the tray pops out. Replace the batteries and push it back. No more ordering strange and expensive batteries for the receivers.</p>
<p><strong><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_7125.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3018]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3021" title="IMG_7125" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_7125-200x126.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="126" /></a>Specifications (each V5 transceiver)</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Working radio frequency: 2.4GHz;</li>
<li>16 channels selectable;</li>
<li>Support sync speed: up to 1/1000 second (subject to camera&#226;&#8364;&#8482;s sync speed limitation);</li>
<li>Compatible with all DSLR and SLR cameras with standard ISO hot shoe or PC sync output;</li>
<li>Compatible with portable flashes and studio strobes;</li>
<li>Low battery indicator;</li>
<li>Maximum effective area: 100 meters (328 feet);</li>
<li>Operating temperature: -20&#194;&#176;C to +50&#194;&#176;C (-4&#194;&#176;F to 122&#194;&#176;F);</li>
<li>Flash voltage handling: up to 300V;</li>
<li>Camera voltage handling: up to 6V;</li>
<li>Power input: 2 x AAA 1.5V batteries;</li>
<li>Connection port: 3.5mm (1/8&#8243;) mono mini-phone;</li>
<li>Dimensions: 82mm (L) x 70mm (W) x 37mm (H);</li>
<li>Weight: 58g;</li>
</ul>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_7126.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3018]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3022" title="IMG_7126" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_7126-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>On the left side you have the TX/Off/RX swide switch while the opposite side has a 16 position rotary dial. Again, a nice step up from sliding DIP switches. While this does make it easier to change channels, it also makes it easier to accidentally&#194;&#160;change it. The left side also has a 1/8&#8243; port that can be used for connecting to PC Sync fired flashes or for remote firing of a camera.</p>
<p>Probably the biggest change is that each unit, being a receiver, has a hot shoe mount to fire a speedlite, but this also allows you to use a speedlite on top of your camera while also using the transmitter. If you are using an off-camera light for a key light, then you can have a flash on-camera for some fill light.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_7130.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3018]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3024" title="IMG_7130" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_7130-175x200.jpg" alt="" width="175" height="200" /></a>On the bottom the Cactus V5 is outfitted with a metal hot shoe which is really nice to see on a budget piece of hardware. There is also a 1/8&#8243; threaded &#194;&#160;port so you can attach the V5 to a light stand.</p>
<p>On top of the hot shoe mount is the clamping wheel. While the threads on the wheel are fairly fine, which helps keep it secured to a swivel mount, the wheel size itself is pretty small and I have some difficulty in adjusting it with my large fingers.</p>
<p>The build quality is very nice has a very professional feel. If you didn&#8217;t notice in the specs, the Cactus V5&#8242;s use the 2.4Ghz Spectrum allowing for close to 300 feet in range.</p>
<h3>Does it work?</h3>
<p>The big question is does all these new features and upgraded specs add up to an improved product? The answer is &#8220;it depends&#8221;. The Cactus V5&#8242;s certainly have an exceptional range. I tested them out and ran out of space at right at 300&#8242; and they still working fine. Will you ever need to use a flash 300 feet away? Most likely not but the theory is that you will always have a strong signal that is less likely to suffer from interference.</p>
<p><span style="text-align:center; display: block;"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/2011/01/28/cactus-v5-wireless-trigger-review/"><img src="http://img.youtube.com/vi/vOgzCrBDtPs/2.jpg" alt="" /></a></span></p>
<h3>The Big Question</h3>
<p>So the big question, especially considering that I already mentioned that I sell a competing product, is would I recommend the Cactus V5. Let&#8217;s break it down and see where the Cactus V5 stacks up.</p>
<ul>
<li>2.4Ghz for longer range and less interference</li>
<li>16 Channels</li>
<li>Easy channel change via rotary dial</li>
<li>AAA Batteries for easy replacement</li>
<li>Metal hot shoe</li>
<li>Hot shoe passthru</li>
<li>Ability to work as a remote camera trigger (not at the same time as flash trigger)</li>
<li>Up to 1/1000 sync speed (dependent on camera body)</li>
<li>Retail price of $59 for two transceivers</li>
</ul>
<p>Given the features and price point I have to give the Cactus V5&#8242;s a big thumbs up. In fact, if I can buy them at wholesale I will sell them myself. Can you save a few bucks with less expensive triggers? Of course you can and while they may work just fine there are certainly situations where the cheaper units can misfire with certain types of interference and the 2.4Ghz and 16 channels can certainly help avoid that.</p>
<p>The metal hot shoe and good lock down screw will help keep your gear more secure and the hot shoe pass-through is something unique to Cactus V5. For the price, the Cactus V5 is an excellent value.</p>
<p><span style="text-align:center; display: block;"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/2011/01/28/cactus-v5-wireless-trigger-review/"><img src="http://img.youtube.com/vi/NDoPVBqPVK8/2.jpg" alt="" /></a></span></p>
<p>The Cactus V5 is available now from Gadget Infinity: <a href="http://www.gadgetinfinity.com/">http://www.gadgetinfinity.com</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=3018&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/01/28/cactus-v5-wireless-trigger-review/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>14</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/catcusv5-140x107.png" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/catcusv5.png" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">catcusv5</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/catcusv5-140x107.png" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_7124.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_7124</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_7124-140x97.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_7125.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_7125</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_7125-140x88.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_7126.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_7126</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_7126-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_7130.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_7130</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_7130-123x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://img.youtube.com/vi/vOgzCrBDtPs/2.jpg" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://img.youtube.com/vi/NDoPVBqPVK8/2.jpg" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=3018&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Podcast #94 &#8211; Conversation with Syl Arena &#8211; Speedliter&#8217;s Handbook and More</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/01/25/podcast-94-conversation-with-syl-arena-speedliters-handbook-and-more/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/01/25/podcast-94-conversation-with-syl-arena-speedliters-handbook-and-more/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 25 Jan 2011 18:16:03 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Podcasts]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[podcast]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobist]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Syl Arena]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=2981</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Kerry sits down once again with Syl Arena to discuss more things lighting related. With the release of Syl&#8217;s new book, Speedliter&#8217;s Handbook, Kerry and Syl take some time to go through some of their ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/Syl_Arena_800px_1094.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2981]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1826" title="Syl_Arena_800px_1094" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/Syl_Arena_800px_1094-200x200.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="200" /></a>Kerry sits down once again with Syl Arena to discuss more things lighting related. With the release of Syl&#8217;s new book, Speedliter&#8217;s Handbook, Kerry and Syl take some time to go through some of their favorite sections, discuss gear, and all kinds of lighting related info.</p>
<p><strong>Syl Arena</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Syl&#8217;s Blog:&#194;&#160;<a href="http://pixsylated.com/">http://pixsylated.com/</a></li>
<li><a href="http://Speedliting.com">Speedliting.com</a></li>
<li><a href="http://OCFGear.com">OCFGear.com</a></li>
<li><a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/032171105X?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=cameradojo-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=032171105X">Speedliter&#8217;s Handbook</a><span id="more-2981"></span></li>
</ul>
<h3>Show Host</h3>
<p><strong>Kerry Garrison</strong></p>
<p><a href="http://kerrygarrison.com/">http://kerrygarrison.com</a> <a href="http://twitter.com/kerrygarrison">Twitter</a> <a href="http://www.facebook.com/garrisonphotography">Facebook</a> <a href="http://friendfeed.com/kerrygarrison">FriendFeed</a></p>
<p>This podcast is also available on iTunes.</p>
<p><a href="http://phobos.apple.com/WebObjects/MZStore.woa/wa/viewPodcast?id=262942668" target="_blank"><img src="http://cameradojo.com/images/itunesbadge.jpg" border="0" alt="Subscribe with itunes" /></a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=2981&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/01/25/podcast-94-conversation-with-syl-arena-speedliters-handbook-and-more/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
			<enclosure url="http://cameradojo.com/podpress_trac/feed/2981/0/episode94.mp3" length="78512158" type="audio/mpeg" />
		<itunes:duration>1:21:40</itunes:duration>
		<itunes:subtitle>Kerry sits down once again with Syl Arena to discuss more things lighting related. With the release of Syl&#8217;s new book, Speedliter&#8217;s Handbook, Kerry and Syl take some time to go through some of their favorite sections, discuss gear, and a[...]</itunes:subtitle>
		<itunes:summary>Kerry sits down once again with Syl Arena to discuss more things lighting related. With the release of Syl&#8217;s new book, Speedliter&#8217;s Handbook, Kerry and Syl take some time to go through some of their favorite sections, discuss gear, and all kinds of lighting related info.
Syl Arena

Syl&#8217;s Blog:&#194;&#160;http://pixsylated.com/
Speedliting.com
OCFGear.com
Speedliter&#8217;s Handbook

Show Host
Kerry Garrison
http://kerrygarrison.com Twitter Facebook FriendFeed
This podcast is also available on iTunes.

</itunes:summary>
		<itunes:keywords>Podcasts</itunes:keywords>
		<itunes:author>kgarrison@gmail.com</itunes:author>
		<itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
		<itunes:block>no</itunes:block>

		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/Syl_Arena_800px_1094-140x140.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/Syl_Arena_800px_1094.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Syl_Arena_800px_1094</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/Syl_Arena_800px_1094-140x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/images/itunesbadge.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Subscribe with itunes</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=2981&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Blackbelt Lighting Kit Swivel Mount Detail</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/01/21/blackbelt-lighting-kit-swivel-mount-detail/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/01/21/blackbelt-lighting-kit-swivel-mount-detail/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 21 Jan 2011 15:39:33 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Blackbelt Lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobist]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=2965</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[We have had a bunch of requests for detailed info on the swivel mount that is included in the Blackbelt Lighting Kits. I have to tell you that honestly, this is the best swivel mount ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_7084.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2965]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-2966" title="IMG_7084" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_7084-200x200.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="200" /></a>We have had a bunch of requests for detailed info on the swivel mount that is included in the Blackbelt Lighting Kits. I have to tell you that honestly, this is the best swivel mount I have ever owned! The two problems with most swivel mounts is that some can short out the pins on your flash causing misfires, and other are very difficult to get a secure connection to your flash or wireless triggers.</p>
<p>The swivel mount included with the BlackBelt Lighting Kits solves both of these issues with a very deep V groove to prevent shorting and a clamp on the side to securely hold your gear. Instead of sliding your flash/trigger into the cold shoe and using the wheel on the device to get a friction fit, the Blackbelt swivel mount actually clamps your gear in place making it the most secure swivel mount available. The all-metal design ensures that it will last a long time as well.&#194;&#160; Right now the Blackbelt swivel mount is available only with the Blackbelt Lighting Kits. If there is enough demand we can start selling them by themselves.</p>
<p>For more information, please visit <a href="http://blackbeltlighting.com">http://blackbeltlighting.com</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=2965&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/01/21/blackbelt-lighting-kit-swivel-mount-detail/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_7084-140x140.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_7084.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_7084</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/IMG_7084-140x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=2965&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Photo Project 24 &#8211; A Light in the Sky</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/01/19/photo-project-24-a-light-in-the-sky/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/01/19/photo-project-24-a-light-in-the-sky/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 19 Jan 2011 14:30:52 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Photo Project 24]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobist]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=2957</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[We are somewhere in the middle of nowhere, we haven&#8217;t seen a city in  what seems like ages. We are only seeing another car about once every  15-20 minutes. Yet again we are ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/Photo-Project-24-13.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2957]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-2958" title="Photo Project 24 13" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/Photo-Project-24-13-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>We are somewhere in the middle of nowhere, we haven&#8217;t seen a city in  what seems like ages. We are only seeing another car about once every  15-20 minutes. Yet again we are completely out of time and we have to  pull over and make something happen.<span id="more-2957"></span></p>
<p>This is one of those times when things just didn&#8217;t work right  immediately. We tried to get some star trails&#8230;didn&#8217;t look good. We  tried to light paint the hill behind us, didn&#8217;t work. We tried to get  headlight trails from the road, but it was so dark you couldn&#8217;t see the  road. So&#8230;time to light the bushes around us. We tried front lighting,  side lighting, gels, and nothing was coming together. We then came up  with the idea to backlight it and see what we would get.</p>
<p>We mounted a speedlite on a lightstand about 30 feet away with a  PocketWizard TT5 and set it on about 1/4 power.&#194;&#160;&#194;&#160; The shutter was at  1/40th but since it was so dark you couldn&#8217;t see your hand in front of  your face, the shutter speed was meaning less. The backlighting came  through the shrubs nicely and reflected off the snow which then light  the underside and even the front of the bushes somewhat. We both looked  at the image and thought it was finally a pretty cool shot and off we  went to the next location.</p>
<div id="attachment_2958" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/Photo-Project-24-13.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2957]"><img class="size-large wp-image-2958" title="Photo Project 24 13" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/Photo-Project-24-13-500x333.jpg" alt="" width="500" height="333" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">24mm - ISO 400 &#226;&#8364;</p></div>
<div id="attachment_2959" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/sage_diagram.png" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2957]"><img class="size-large wp-image-2959" title="sage_diagram" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/sage_diagram-500x408.png" alt="" width="500" height="408" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Lighting Setup</p></div>
<p>To read more about this and other images from the Photo Project 24 adventure, please visit <a href="http://photoproject24.com">http://photoproject24.com</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=2957&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/01/19/photo-project-24-a-light-in-the-sky/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/Photo-Project-24-13-140x93.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/Photo-Project-24-13.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Photo Project 24 13</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">24mm - ISO 400 &#226;&#8364;&#34; 1/40 - f/3.2</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/Photo-Project-24-13-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/Photo-Project-24-13.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Photo Project 24 13</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">24mm - ISO 400 &#226;&#8364;&#34; 1/40 - f/3.2</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/Photo-Project-24-13-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/sage_diagram.png" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">sage_diagram</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Lighting Setup</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/sage_diagram-140x114.png" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=2957&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Photo Project 24 &#8211; Uncovered Wagon</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/01/18/photo-project-24-uncovered-wagon/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/01/18/photo-project-24-uncovered-wagon/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 18 Jan 2011 15:25:09 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Photo Project 24]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pocketwizard]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobist]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=2950</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[As the Sun disappeared over the horizon, there was barely a glow over the distance mountains when we came upon this old covered wagon. We knew this was going to be the shot we were ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/Photo-Project-24-12.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2950]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-2951" title="Photo Project 24 12" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/Photo-Project-24-12-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>As the Sun disappeared over the horizon, there was barely a glow over the distance mountains when we came upon this old covered wagon. We knew this was going to be the shot we were going to do next. The challenge was it was so dark we could barely see anything, it was right about 30 degrees outside, and we needed to use some lighting to get the shot.<br />
Complete details and lighting diagram after the break&#8230;<span id="more-2950"></span></p>
<h3>The Lighting Setup</h3>
<p>With almost no ambient light left and just a little rim of light in the background, we would need a long shutter speed to bring some light back to the sky. We also wanted to try to lose focus on the trees behind the wagon so we set on an aperture of f/4 and at ISO 500 we would need a 1 second exposure.&#194;&#160; We could have used a lower ISO and longer shutter but there were still enough cars whizzing by that any longer than a second and we would likely end up with headlights streaking by.</p>
<p>With the camera setup for the sky, we now needed to light the wagon. This was done with two speedlites fired with PocketWizard FlexTT5&#8242;s and the Mini TT1 on the camera. We put both lights in manual mode at 1/4 power with no modifiers on them.</p>
<div id="attachment_2952" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/wagon_diagram.png" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2950]"><img class="size-large wp-image-2952" title="wagon_diagram" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/wagon_diagram-500x408.png" alt="" width="500" height="408" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Lighting Diagram</p></div>
<p style="text-align: left;">
<div id="attachment_2951" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/Photo-Project-24-12.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2950]"><img class="size-large wp-image-2951" title="Photo Project 24 12" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/Photo-Project-24-12-500x333.jpg" alt="" width="500" height="333" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">32mm - ISO 500 - 1 sec - f/4</p></div>
<p style="text-align: left;">Fairly simple setup, a few practice shots, and we got the image we were looking for and headed down the road to the next location.</p>
<p style="text-align: left;">Be sure and follow the complete set of images and stories at <a href="http://photoproject24.com">http://photoproject24.com</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=2950&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/01/18/photo-project-24-uncovered-wagon/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/Photo-Project-24-12-140x93.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/Photo-Project-24-12.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Photo Project 24 12</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">32mm - ISO 500 &#226;&#8364;&#34; 1 sec - f/4</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/Photo-Project-24-12-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/wagon_diagram.png" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">wagon_diagram</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/wagon_diagram-140x114.png" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/Photo-Project-24-12.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Photo Project 24 12</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">32mm - ISO 500 &#226;&#8364;&#34; 1 sec - f/4</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/Photo-Project-24-12-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=2950&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Harbor Digital Design Quick Spot</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2010/12/28/harbor-digital-design-quick-spot/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2010/12/28/harbor-digital-design-quick-spot/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 28 Dec 2010 14:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Shooting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Accessories]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobist]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=2779</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Most of you know I love using speedlites and am always looking for ways to use them more creatively. Recently I heard about a company called Harbor Digital Design and their new Quick Spot product.
The ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/quickspot-1.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2779]"><img title="quickspot-1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/quickspot-1_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="quickspot-1" width="244" height="164" align="right" /></a>Most of you know I love using speedlites and am always looking for ways to use them more creatively. Recently I heard about a company called Harbor Digital Design and their new Quick Spot product.</p>
<p>The Quick Spot is a basic grid spot designed to fit over the end of your flash without needing an extra strap or Velcro. A unique feature of the Quick Spot is that is comes apart in order for you to put different colors gels (several included) in order to color balance the light or provide special effect lighting.</p>
<p><span id="more-2779"></span></p>
<h2>What is a Grid Spot</h2>
<p>A grid spot at its most basic description is a series of straws that take the light from the flash and confine it to keep it from spreading out like a bare flash would. The smaller the size of the straws, the more confined the beam of light will be.</p>
<p>Some people have tried to simply use the Zoom function on their flash to create a similar effect but it doesn&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t really do the same thing. Let&#226;&#8364;&#8482;s take a look at how the zoom function works.</p>
<table style="width: 525px;" border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="2">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;" width="262" valign="top"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/quickspot-6.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2779]"><img title="quickspot-6" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/quickspot-6_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="quickspot-6" width="244" height="164" /></a><br />
Flash Zoomed at 24mm</td>
<td style="text-align: center;" width="262" valign="top"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/quickspot-5.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2779]"><img title="quickspot-5" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/quickspot-5_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="quickspot-5" width="244" height="164" /></a><br />
Flash Zoomed to 105mm</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/quickspot-2.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2779]"><img title="quickspot-2" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/quickspot-2_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="quickspot-2" width="244" height="164" align="right" /></a>As you can see at 24mm almost the entire frame is filled with light and at 105mm we get distinctly smaller source&#194;&#160; but it still has a pretty large pattern.</p>
<p>When you want a much tighter pattern with less light fall-off then a grid spot can be your best choice. Harbor Digital Design has the Quick Spot in both 1/4&#226;&#8364; and 1/8&#226;&#8364; patterns. The system is designed to custom fit most popular speedlites. I ordered the units for the Canon 580 EX/EX II and was very pleasantly surprised to find that it fit perfect on the <a href="http://cameradojo.com/2010/11/12/yn560-flash-speedlite-overview/">YN560</a> as well.</p>
<p>Let&#226;&#8364;&#8482;s look at the light pattern when using the Quick Spots.</p>
<table style="width: 525px;" border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="2">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;" width="262" valign="top"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/quickspot-3.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2779]"><img title="quickspot-3" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/quickspot-3_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="quickspot-3" width="244" height="164" /></a><br />
1/8&#226;&#8364; Quick Spot</td>
<td style="text-align: center;" width="262" valign="top"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/quickspot-4.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2779]"><img title="quickspot-4" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/quickspot-4_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="quickspot-4" width="244" height="164" /></a><br />
1/4&#226;&#8364; Quick Spot</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>For portrait work, grid spots work great for hair lighting so you can get a nice shine on the hair without spilling the light into places you don&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t want. With product photography you can really control where you want the lighting to be.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/helicopter-52.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2779]"><img title="helicopter-5" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/helicopter-5_thumb2.jpg" border="0" alt="helicopter-5" width="244" height="164" align="right" /></a>For an example of using the Quick Spots, check out the following article:<br />
<a title="http://cameradojo.com/2010/12/18/using-multiple-flashes-evolution-of-a-shot/" href="http://cameradojo.com/2010/12/18/using-multiple-flashes-evolution-of-a-shot/">http://cameradojo.com/2010/12/18/using-multiple-flashes-evolution-of-a-shot/</a></p>
<p>At first glance, $34.95 might seem a little much for a small piece of plastic but considering it is close to $10 less than competing brands when you factor in extra straps you need.&#194;&#160; Also consider you also get a decent gel kit to go along with it and you have yourself a pretty good bargain. If you need to attach the Quick Spot to different flashes, you can order just the adapter piece for about $13 and just interchange the outer Quick Spot attachment.</p>
<p>Harbor Digital Design may not be a household name but if they continue to make innovative products like the Quick Spot I am sure you will hear about them more and more.</p>
<p>I am quite happy with the Quick Spots and certainly recommend them as an inexpensive accessory that you should have in your camera bag.</p>
<p>Harbor Digital Design<br />
<a title="http://www.harbordigitaldesign.com" href="http://www.harbordigitaldesign.com">http://www.harbordigitaldesign.com</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=2779&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2010/12/28/harbor-digital-design-quick-spot/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/quickspot-1_thumb.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/quickspot-1_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">quickspot-1</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/quickspot-6_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">quickspot-6</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/quickspot-5_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">quickspot-5</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/quickspot-2_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">quickspot-2</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/quickspot-3_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">quickspot-3</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/quickspot-4_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">quickspot-4</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/helicopter-5_thumb2.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">helicopter-5</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=2779&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Blackbelt Lighting Phase 3 Lighting Kit</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2010/12/23/blackbelt-lighting-phase-3-lighting-kit/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2010/12/23/blackbelt-lighting-phase-3-lighting-kit/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 23 Dec 2010 17:46:44 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Shooting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobist]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=2805</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Based on popular demand we have added a Phase 3 Lighting Kit to the  store. The Phase 3 is an expanded version of the Phase 2 kit and  includes the following:

1 Wireless Flash ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/phase3.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2805]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-2806" title="phase3" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/phase3-180x200.jpg" alt="" width="180" height="200" /></a>Based on popular demand we have added a Phase 3 Lighting Kit to the  store. The Phase 3 is an expanded version of the Phase 2 kit and  includes the following:</p>
<ul>
<li>1 Wireless Flash Trigger Transmitter</li>
<li>3 Wireless Flash Trigger Receivers</li>
<li>3 Light Stands</li>
<li>3 Swivel Mounts</li>
<li>3 Umbrellas</li>
<li>3 YN560 Speedlites</li>
<li>1 5-In-1 Reflector</li>
</ul>
<p>All kits come with a $50 Gift Certificate to Nations Photo Lab. You get this entire three-light kit for only $499!! [<a href=http://blackbeltlighting.com">More Information</a>]</p>
<p>Be sure and check out the new Blackbelt Lighting website at <a href="http://blackbeltlighting.com">http://blackbeltlighting.com</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=2805&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2010/12/23/blackbelt-lighting-phase-3-lighting-kit/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/phase3-126x140.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/phase3.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">phase3</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/phase3-126x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=2805&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Using Multiple Flashes &#8211; Evolution of a Shot</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2010/12/18/using-multiple-flashes-evolution-of-a-shot/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2010/12/18/using-multiple-flashes-evolution-of-a-shot/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 18 Dec 2010 19:06:40 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobist]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[wireless flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[YN560]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=2758</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Lately I have become addicted to using more and more speedlites on my shoots in order to have complete control of the lighting that I want to achieve. Products like my wireless flash triggers and ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/helicopter-5.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2758]"><img title="helicopter-5" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/helicopter-5_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="helicopter-5" width="244" height="164" align="right" /></a>Lately I have become addicted to using more and more speedlites on my shoots in order to have complete control of the lighting that I want to achieve. Products like my <a href="http://cameradojo.com/blackbelt">wireless flash triggers</a> and <a href="http://cameradojo.com/blackbelt">YN560</a> flashes have finally made having 2,3 or even 4 speedlites actually affordable. In this article we will look at one simple example of a shot that I wanted to get but simply wasn&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t really possible (in-camera) to do with a single light.</p>
<p>During this article we will start with an on-camera flash and build up to a three-light setup.</p>
<p><span id="more-2758"></span></p>
<h2>On-Camera Flash</h2>
<p><a  href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/helicopter-1.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2758]"><img title="helicopter-1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/helicopter-1_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="helicopter-1" width="244" height="164" align="right" /></a>This first shot here is what I would expect from a simple on-camera lighting setup. We get a nice even lighting, plenty of detail, but the floor and background are easily visible. These example images are not cropped or adjusted and yes, with some fair amount of Photoshop work, this could be turned into a decent image. The goal though is to minimize post-production and get the effect that we want in-camera. This shot was taken with a Large <a href="http://cameradojo.com/2010/09/21/expoimaging-rogue-flashbenders-review/">Rouge Flashbender</a> on top of the flash to provide a larger, diffused lighting source.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/helicopter-2.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2758]"><img  title="helicopter-2" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/helicopter-2_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="helicopter-2" width="244" height="164" align="right" /></a>In this second image the only change was that the Rouge Flashbender was removed and the light was bounced off the white ceiling. This did a great job at killing the floor and background lighting while maintaining some specular highlights. Because of the overhead lighting we lost the tail rotor completely, detail in the fuselage, and detail in the lower part of the canopy. The flash was set at 1/8th power.</p>
<p>On the plus side we also lost some harsh specular highlights in in the canopy that we didn&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t want. At this point I thought we had a good baseline to start adding in some additional lights.</p>
<h2>Light Number 2</h2>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/helicopter-3.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2758]"><img title="helicopter-3" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/helicopter-3_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="helicopter-3" width="244" height="164" align="right" /></a>The second light to be added was for the rear of the helicopter. This was another YN560 fitted with a <a href="http://www.harbordigitaldesign.com/adapter-1.aspx" target="_blank">Harbor Digital Designs 1/8&#226;&#8364; Quickspot</a> to keep the light from spreading onto the table or background. This really kicked up the light on the back of the helicopter and added some nice detail lighting to the tail boom and rear assembly.&#194;&#160; The flash was set to 1/32 power, any more and it would have overpowered the subject .</p>
<p>At this point I felt we were really getting close but I didn&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t like the lack of detail on the bottom of the canopy and you couldn&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t really read the text on the canopy either.</p>
<h2>Light Number 3</h2>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/helicopter-4.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2758]"><img title="helicopter-4" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/helicopter-4_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="helicopter-4" width="244" height="164" align="right" /></a>The third light was added just left of the camera and fitted with a Harbor Digital Designs 1/4&#226;&#8364; Quickspot so I could get just a little more spread without much light contamination. The flash was also a YN560 and was set to 1/128th power. This provided a nice little kicker light on the front of the canopy and light the bottom section of the canopy nicely to really make the letters pop.</p>
<p>This is the part where I start to get all OCD about the lighting and although I was actually right were I wanted I get compelled to keep tweaking and tweaking but I fought the urge this time because the point isn&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t always about getting the shot perfect in-camera, it really should be about minimizing your work overall.</p>
<h2>The Final Image</h2>
<p>As I said, I actually stopped with the last image because while I could have spent another 20 minutes tweaking the lights to get exactly what I wanted, I also could spend 2 minutes in Lightroom and get the same result. Taking the last image into Lightroom 3.3, some Clarity was added, a little Vibrance, a post-crop Vignette, and then the Local Adjust Brush set to -30 Exposure was quickly drawn to minimize the line you could see between the table and the background.</p>
<p><a  href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/helicopter-51.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2758]"><img style="background-image: none; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; display: inline; padding-top: 0px; border-width: 0px;" title="helicopter-5" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/helicopter-5_thumb1.jpg" border="0" alt="helicopter-5" width="554" height="371" /></a></p>
<h2>Setup</h2>
<p>All of the images shown in the article were shot with the following settings:</p>
<ul>
<li>ISO 800</li>
<li>1/60th Shutter Speed</li>
<li>F/8 Aperture</li>
</ul>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/diagram.gif" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2758]"><img style="background-image: none; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; display: inline; padding-top: 0px; border-width: 0px;" title="diagram" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/diagram_thumb.gif" border="0" alt="diagram" width="550" height="488" /></a></p>
<p><a" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/lighting.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2758]"><img style="background-image: none; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; display: inline; padding-top: 0px; border: 0px;" title="lighting" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/lighting_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="lighting" width="550" height="412" /></a></p>
<h2>Summary</h2>
<p>Lighting is not magic and it really isn&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t that hard either once you start practicing different techniques and lighting setups. If it seems frustrating at first just remember to stick to the basics. Build up from one light source at a time in order to see the effects of each light as you go to make sure you know what light is doing what.</p>
<p>While I do try to get as close as possible to the final image in-camera there is also a point of diminishing returns when it comes to how perfect you can get something. If this wasn&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t true we would have no use for tools like Lightroom or Photoshop. Sometimes it is best to spend a few moments in post-production versus spending many more in studio.</p>
<h3>Equipment Used</h3>
<table style="width: 342px;" border="1" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="2">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="96" valign="top">Camera</td>
<td width="241" valign="top">Canon 50D</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="96" valign="top">Flashes</td>
<td width="241" valign="top"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/2010/11/12/yn560-flash-speedlite-overview/">YN560</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="96" valign="top">Triggers</td>
<td width="241" valign="top"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/2010/11/23/camera-dojo-wireless-flash-triggers/">Blackbelt Wireless Triggers</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="96" valign="top">Modifiers</td>
<td width="241" valign="top"><a href="http://www.harbordigitaldesign.com/">Harbor Digital Designs Quickspot</a><br />
<a href="http://cameradojo.com/2010/09/21/expoimaging-rogue-flashbenders-review/">Rouge Flashbenders</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=2758&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2010/12/18/using-multiple-flashes-evolution-of-a-shot/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/helicopter-5_thumb.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/helicopter-5_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">helicopter-5</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/helicopter-1_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">helicopter-1</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/helicopter-2_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">helicopter-2</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/helicopter-3_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">helicopter-3</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/helicopter-4_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">helicopter-4</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/helicopter-5_thumb1.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">helicopter-5</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/diagram_thumb.gif" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">diagram</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/lighting_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">lighting</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=2758&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Single Light Portrait Setup</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2010/12/15/single-light-portrait-setup/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2010/12/15/single-light-portrait-setup/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 15 Dec 2010 20:31:47 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobist]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=2731</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[When you are learning how to use lighting it is best to start off with a single light source and really learn how to master what you can get with that. Your next best friend ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/IMG_1513.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2731]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-2732" title="IMG_1513" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/IMG_1513-133x200.jpg" alt="" width="133" height="200" /></a>When you are learning how to use lighting it is best to start off with a single light source and really learn how to master what you can get with that. Your next best friend aside from the one light will be a reflector to help fill in shadows. In this video, I show you how to use a single light along with a reflector for great looking portraits.</p>
<p>The only lighting used was a Blackbelt Stage 1 Lighting kit which contains a YN560 Speedlite, a set of wireless flash triggers, a lightstand, swivel mount, umbrella, and a reflector.</p>
<p>What you will see in the video is the effect of just using the one light, then we bring in a reflector to cut down on the contrast and make the shadows softer for a better final image.</p>
<p><span id="more-2731"></span><strong></strong></p>
<p><span style="text-align:center; display: block;"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/2010/12/15/single-light-portrait-setup/"><img src="http://img.youtube.com/vi/j5guFQNBToQ/2.jpg" alt="" /></a></span></p>
<p><strong>Equipment Used</strong></p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/blackbelt">Blackbelt Phase 1 Lighting Kit</a><br />
Canon 50D</p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=2731&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2010/12/15/single-light-portrait-setup/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/IMG_1513-93x140.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/IMG_1513.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_1513</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/IMG_1513-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://img.youtube.com/vi/j5guFQNBToQ/2.jpg" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=2731&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Multiple Light Configurations with Westcott Speedliting Kit</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2010/12/06/multiple-light-configurations-with-westcott-speedliting-kit/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2010/12/06/multiple-light-configurations-with-westcott-speedliting-kit/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 07 Dec 2010 04:03:12 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobist]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[YN560]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=2719</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Sometimes you just need more light and one speedlite isn&#8217;t enough. While playing around with the Westcott Speedliting Kit I figured out some interesting ways of attaching multiple lights to the system. Using this setup, ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/chris_diset_beach.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2719]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-2720" title="chris_diset_beach" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/chris_diset_beach-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>Sometimes you just need more light and one speedlite isn&#8217;t enough. While playing around with the Westcott Speedliting Kit I figured out some interesting ways of attaching multiple lights to the system. Using this setup, we did some shooting outside in bright sunlight to see what kind of results we could get.</p>
<p>Check out the video for more information about the setup.</p>
<p><span id="more-2719"></span></p>
<p><span style="text-align:center; display: block;"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/2010/12/06/multiple-light-configurations-with-westcott-speedliting-kit/"><img src="http://img.youtube.com/vi/iACvyB9rn84/2.jpg" alt="" /></a></span></p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/chris_diset_beach2.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2719]"><img class="alignnone size-large wp-image-2723" title="chris_diset_beach2" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/chris_diset_beach2-333x500.jpg" alt="" width="333" height="500" /></a><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/chris_diset_beach3.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2719]"><img class="alignnone size-large wp-image-2724" title="chris_diset_beach3" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/chris_diset_beach3-333x500.jpg" alt="" width="333" height="500" /></a></p>
<p><strong>Equipment Used</strong></p>
<p><a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B0017I8OT8?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=voipspeak-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B0017I8OT8">Westcott Magic Slipper Kit</a><br />
<a href="http://cameradojo.com/blackbelt">Blackbelt Phase 1 Lighting Kit</a><br />
<a href="http://cameradojo.com/blackbelt">Blackbelt YN560 Flash</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=2719&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2010/12/06/multiple-light-configurations-with-westcott-speedliting-kit/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/chris_diset_beach-140x93.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/chris_diset_beach.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">chris_diset_beach</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/chris_diset_beach-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://img.youtube.com/vi/iACvyB9rn84/2.jpg" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/chris_diset_beach2.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">chris_diset_beach2</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/chris_diset_beach2-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/chris_diset_beach3.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">chris_diset_beach3</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/chris_diset_beach3-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=2719&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Getting Manual Flash Exposure Quickly</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2010/11/30/getting-manual-flash-exposure-quickly/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2010/11/30/getting-manual-flash-exposure-quickly/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 30 Nov 2010 14:14:23 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobist]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[YN560]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=2703</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[I always love hearing from people to find out what things people are struggling with and one of the most common things is how to get your exposure dialed in quickly when using manual flash. ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/11/Kerry_Samples-7.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2703]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-2704" title="Kerry_Samples-7" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/11/Kerry_Samples-7-133x200.jpg" alt="" width="133" height="200" /></a>I always love hearing from people to find out what things people are struggling with and one of the most common things is how to get your exposure dialed in quickly when using manual flash. Once you know a few simple tips, getting an exposure dialed in should only take a few seconds. Once you get the speed down, you can really open up your creativity in your lighting setups.</p>
<h2><span id="more-2703"></span>Why Manual?</h2>
<p>One question that a lot of people have at this point is why would you want to use manual flash when you have eTTL mode available and the camera will try and determine the lighting? There are actually a number of reasons why that isn&#8217;t always the right answer:</p>
<ul>
<li>Using studio strobes</li>
<li>Using <a href="http://cameradojo.com/2010/11/23/camera-dojo-wireless-flash-triggers/">wireless flash triggers</a> that don&#8217;t support eTTL</li>
<li>Using <a href="http://cameradojo.com/2010/11/12/yn560-flash-speedlite-overview/">manual speedlites</a> that don&#8217;t support eTTL</li>
<li>Conditions when eTTL is not giving you what you want</li>
</ul>
<p>Usually eTTL will try to give you a pretty balanced lighting so it does not always give you what you are trying to achieve. By understanding how to use manual flash you can create dynamic lighting that may otherwise not be possible.</p>
<h2>Fear Not The Flash</h2>
<p>So why are people intimidated by manual flash? Mostly because they think its complicated and they don&#8217;t know where to start. So let&#8217;s break it down into some basics. First off, If we look at the range of a flash there is really only eight stops between full power and the lowest setting of 1/128th power. While better strobes like the Canon, Nike, and <a href="http://cameradojo.com/2010/11/12/yn560-flash-speedlite-overview/">YN560</a> also have incremental settings in between each stop, let&#8217;s just look at the primary settings to get started.&#194;&#160; So long as the flash has enough light output, the proper setting is going to fall somewhere along this scale.</p>
<p><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-2705" title="flash" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/11/flash.jpg" alt="" width="430" height="56" /></p>
<p>Keeping this in mind if you start with a mid-range setting such as 1/16 or 1/8 power the worst you can be is already halfway to the best setting. Take a test shot and then adjust the power up or down accordingly. With just a small amount of practice you should be able to get your lighting dialed in within a two to three shots.</p>
<h2>Keeping it SAAF</h2>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/11/shootthis_092610-5.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2703]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-2706" title="shootthis_092610-5" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/11/shootthis_092610-5-133x200.jpg" alt="" width="133" height="200" /></a>SAAF is a little acronym that you should learn as well, this stands for Shutter/Ambient &#8211; Aperture/Flash. What this helps you to remember is that shutter speed will control the ambient light and aperture will control light from the flash. If you need more ambient light, slow down the shutter speed. If you need more light from your flash, use a larger aperture (smaller f-stop number). Being able to use your aperture to control the light from the flash also allows you the ability to fine-tune the light to get exactly what you want.</p>
<h2>Putting It Together</h2>
<p>Hopefully this has helped demystify manual flash lighting. If you have a Canon or Nikon speedlite, I highly encourage you to put it in manual mode to learn how to use manually rather than relying on the automatic modes. I have put together a little video to help go over the concepts I have talked about here.</p>
<p><span style="text-align:center; display: block;"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/2010/11/30/getting-manual-flash-exposure-quickly/"><img src="http://img.youtube.com/vi/cV3R9vTsvwg/2.jpg" alt="" /></a></span></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=2703&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2010/11/30/getting-manual-flash-exposure-quickly/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>5</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/11/Kerry_Samples-7-93x140.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/11/Kerry_Samples-7.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Kerry_Samples-7</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/11/Kerry_Samples-7-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/11/flash.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">flash</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/11/flash-140x18.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/11/shootthis_092610-5.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">shootthis_092610-5</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/11/shootthis_092610-5-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://img.youtube.com/vi/cV3R9vTsvwg/2.jpg" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=2703&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>ExpoImaging Rogue Flashbenders Review</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2010/09/21/expoimaging-rogue-flashbenders-review/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2010/09/21/expoimaging-rogue-flashbenders-review/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 21 Sep 2010 12:00:04 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bounce]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Modifiers]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobist]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=2494</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[There are tons of different types of light modifiers available and while these may seem fairly similar to other products on the market, they actually are quite unique. A few little things that really set ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/rougue_flashbenders1.jpg" rel="thumbnail" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2494]"><img style="background-image: none; border-right-width: 0px; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; display: inline; border-top-width: 0px; border-bottom-width: 0px; border-left-width: 0px; padding-top: 0px" title="rougue_flashbenders-1" border="0" alt="rougue_flashbenders-1" align="right" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/rougue_flashbenders1_thumb.jpg" width="244" height="244" /></a>There are tons of different types of light modifiers available and while these may seem fairly similar to other products on the market, they actually are quite unique. A few little things that really set these apart from others (more detail on all of these later) are a built-in strap so you can never forget to have your velcro strap with you (yes, this has happened to me) and a bendable metal strip that allows you to shape the device to suite your specific needs.</p>
<p>The Flashbenders are available in three different sizes so you can find one that is most appropriate for the type of shooting you need to do.</p>
<p>  <span id="more-2494"></span><br />
<h1>The Flashbender Family</h1>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/rougue_flashbenders5.jpg" rel="thumbnail" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2494]"><img style="background-image: none; border-right-width: 0px; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; display: inline; border-top-width: 0px; border-bottom-width: 0px; border-left-width: 0px; padding-top: 0px" title="rougue_flashbenders-5" border="0" alt="rougue_flashbenders-5" align="right" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/rougue_flashbenders5_thumb.jpg" width="244" height="244" /></a>As I mentioned in the introduction, the Flashbenders come in three different sizes. The smallest version, the Bendable Bounce Card/Flag measures approximately 5&#226;&#8364; x 9&#226;&#8364; (127mm x 228mm. The Rogue FlashBender Bounce Card can be used either as a reflector to bounce light onto a subject, or as a flag (using either the built-in white surface, or included black fabric attachment) to shield light away from it.</p>
<p>When using an accessory flash on-camera for fill light, I like to use the Bounce Card to help diffuse the light and create a nice catchlight in the subject&#226;&#8364;&#8482;s eyes.</p>
<p>The medium sized unit is actually called the Small Positionable Reflector and measures approximately 10&#226;&#8364; x 7&#226;&#8364; (254mm x 178mm). The Rogue FlashBender Small Positionable Reflector can be used either as a reflector to bounce light onto a subject, as a flag to shield light away from it or as a small snoot to produce a wide circle of light. I like using this version when I am shooting people outdoors and have nothing to bounce the light from the flash off of. Using this Flashbender it raises the height of the light to provide a little directional light and also helps to eliminate red eye.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/rougue_flashbenders3.jpg" rel="thumbnail" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2494]"><img style="background-image: none; border-right-width: 0px; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; display: inline; border-top-width: 0px; border-bottom-width: 0px; border-left-width: 0px; padding-top: 0px" title="rougue_flashbenders-3" border="0" alt="rougue_flashbenders-3" align="right" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/rougue_flashbenders3_thumb.jpg" width="244" height="244" /></a>The Large version measures approx. 10&#226;&#8364; x 11&#226;&#8364; (254mm x 280mm). I find the large version is a bit too intimidating to use when the flash is on-camera but when I have the flash off-camera it makes for a quick-setup light source that will provide a much larger light source than the flash itself. This is a great setup when shooting small groups&#160; or single subjects up to 3/4 body shots.</p>
<p>These aren&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t just big white reflectors, the metal strips on the back (1 on the bounce card, 2 on the small reflector, 3 on the large reflector) allow you to bend, twist, roll, and otherwise modify the shape from being a large flat shape to a tight snoot and pretty much anything in-between.</p>
<p>The white side cleans up very nicely so its quite simple to keep it nice and bright.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/rougue_flashbenders4.jpg" rel="thumbnail" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2494]"><img style="background-image: none; border-right-width: 0px; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; display: inline; border-top-width: 0px; border-bottom-width: 0px; border-left-width: 0px; padding-top: 0px" title="rougue_flashbenders-4" border="0" alt="rougue_flashbenders-4" align="right" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/rougue_flashbenders4_thumb.jpg" width="244" height="244" /></a>I have been using the Flashbenders more and more since they provide you with so much flexibility in how you can shape the light and reflect it in any number of ways.</p>
<p>I was a bit skeptical at first of the bendable strips but they don&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t add much weight and are able to hold their shape without any sagging.</p>
<p>Like I mentioned in the introduction, each of the Flashbenders has the attachment strap built-in so you can never lose it. While this may be redundant if you have the entire family of Flashbenders, it ensures that you can&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t lose a separate strap and you don&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t need to purchase straps for each flash you may end up using it on.</p>
<p>The straps have plenty of adjustment to them so they should be able to fit on any speedlite that is on the market today.</p>
<p> <object width="560" height="340"><param name="movie" value="http://www.youtube.com/v/uNglvXUpgbc?fs=1&amp;hl=en_US&amp;hd=1"></param><param name="allowFullScreen" value="true"></param><param name="allowscriptaccess" value="always"></param> <embed src="http://www.youtube.com/v/uNglvXUpgbc?fs=1&amp;hl=en_US&amp;hd=1" type="application/x-shockwave-flash" allowscriptaccess="always" allowfullscreen="true" width="560" height="340"></embed></object><br />
<h1>Using the Flashbenders</h1>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/rougue_flashbenders6.jpg" rel="thumbnail" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2494]"><img style="background-image: none; border-right-width: 0px; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; display: inline; border-top-width: 0px; border-bottom-width: 0px; border-left-width: 0px; padding-top: 0px" title="rougue_flashbenders-6" border="0" alt="rougue_flashbenders-6" align="right" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/rougue_flashbenders6_thumb.jpg" width="164" height="244" /></a>I have been using the Flashbenders from everything from wedding shoots to product shoots because they do such a great job at creating a larger light source that makes for nice lighting for people and helps to evenly light products.</p>
<p>The results have been quite good and the Flashbenders have found a permanent home in my camera case. Since they lay flat when wide open they are pretty easy to fit most anywhere</p>
<p>The Rogue Flashbenders are also priced competitively as well.</p>
<h4><a href="http://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/707209-REG/ExpoImaging_ROGUEFLAG_Rogue_FlashBender_Bendable_Bounce.html/BI/4088/KBID/3100" name="desc">Rogue FlashBender Bendable Bounce Card/ Flag</a> &#8211; $29.95</h4>
<h4><a href="http://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/707211-REG/ExpoImaging_ROGUERESM_Rogue_FlashBender_Small_Positionable.html/BI/4088/KBID/3100" name="desc">Rogue FlashBender Small Positionable Reflector</a> &#8211; $34.95</h4>
<h4><a href="http://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/707213-REG/ExpoImaging_ROGUERELG_Rogue_FlashBender_Large_Positionable.html/BI/4088/KBID/3100" name="desc">Rogue FlashBender Large Positionable Reflector</a> &#8211; $39.95</h4>
<p>I highly recommend the Rogue Flashbenders for anyone that is using speedlites and is looking for an affordable, flexible, and efficient light modifier. Be sure and visit their website for additional information.</p>
<p>The following are additional images taken while using the Flashbenders:</p>
<p align="center"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/rougue_flashbenders_samples1.jpg" rel="thumbnail" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2494]"><img style="background-image: none; border-bottom: 0px; border-left: 0px; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; display: inline; border-top: 0px; border-right: 0px; padding-top: 0px" title="rougue_flashbenders_samples-1" border="0" alt="rougue_flashbenders_samples-1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/rougue_flashbenders_samples1_thumb.jpg" width="564" height="377" /></a>    <br /><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/IMG_01123.jpg" rel="thumbnail" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2494]"><img style="background-image: none; border-bottom: 0px; border-left: 0px; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; display: inline; border-top: 0px; border-right: 0px; padding-top: 0px" title="IMG_0112" border="0" alt="IMG_0112" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/IMG_0112_thumb3.jpg" width="179" height="266" /></a><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/IMG_81423.jpg" rel="thumbnail" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2494]"><img style="background-image: none; border-bottom: 0px; border-left: 0px; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; display: inline; border-top: 0px; border-right: 0px; padding-top: 0px" title="IMG_8142" border="0" alt="IMG_8142" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/IMG_8142_thumb3.jpg" width="179" height="266" /></a><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/IMG_85303.jpg" rel="thumbnail" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2494]"><img style="background-image: none; border-bottom: 0px; border-left: 0px; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; display: inline; border-top: 0px; border-right: 0px; padding-top: 0px" title="IMG_8530" border="0" alt="IMG_8530" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/IMG_8530_thumb3.jpg" width="179" height="266" /></a></p>
<p><strong>Expo Imaging</strong>    <br /><a title="http://expoimaging.com" href="http://expoimaging.com">http://expoimaging.com</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=2494&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2010/09/21/expoimaging-rogue-flashbenders-review/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/rougue_flashbenders1_thumb.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/rougue_flashbenders1_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">rougue_flashbenders-1</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/rougue_flashbenders5_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">rougue_flashbenders-5</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/rougue_flashbenders3_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">rougue_flashbenders-3</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/rougue_flashbenders4_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">rougue_flashbenders-4</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/rougue_flashbenders6_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">rougue_flashbenders-6</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/rougue_flashbenders_samples1_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">rougue_flashbenders_samples-1</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/IMG_0112_thumb3.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_0112</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/IMG_8142_thumb3.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_8142</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/IMG_8530_thumb3.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_8530</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=2494&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Mastering Your Flash 101 &#8211; High Speed Sync</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2010/05/31/mastering-your-flash-101-high-speed-sync/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2010/05/31/mastering-your-flash-101-high-speed-sync/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 01 Jun 2010 03:59:38 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[canon]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[High Speed Sync]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Speedlites]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=2216</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[ One of my favorite features of speedlites is High Speed Sync. This feature allows you to work with speedlites way past your camera&#8217;s normal sync speed (1/160 &#8211; 1/250 depending on camera). By shooting ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_4465.jpg" rel="thumbnail" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2216]"><img style="display: inline; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; border-width: 0px;" title="IMG_4465" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_4465_thumb.jpg" alt="IMG_4465" width="164" height="244" align="right" border="0" /></a> One of my favorite features of speedlites is High Speed Sync. This feature allows you to work with speedlites way past your camera&#8217;s normal sync speed (1/160 &#8211; 1/250 depending on camera). By shooting at very fast shutter speeds you can dramatically cut ambient light and can shoot what looks like night-time shots at high noon. Sounds incredible huh? Guess what, using it is as simple as pressing a single button.</p>
<p><span id="more-2216"></span></p>
<h3>Understanding The Shutter</h3>
<p>First we need to look at how a typical camera shutter works. In the shutter mechanism are two &#8220;doors&#8221; or what are called curtains. When you press the shutter, the first curtain drops down out of the way, the sensor is exposed, and then the second curtain drops down to cover the sensor and stop the exposure. In this mode of operation, the flash goes off when the shutter is fully opened to get a good exposure. At slower shutter speeds, when you are trying to get more ambient light cooked onto the sensor, you can control if the flash goes off right when the first curtain is open or right before the second curtain closes. This can allow you to create interesting effects.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/shutter1.png" rel="thumbnail" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2216]"><img style="display: block; float: none; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; border-width: 0px;" title="shutter" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/shutter_thumb1.png" alt="shutter" width="570" height="128" border="0" /></a></p>
<p>Once you get above your camera&#8217;s sync speed, usually around 1/250th of a second then the shutter starts to behave differently. At faster speeds the second curtain starts to close before the first curtain has fully opened causing a small gap between the curtains to move across the shutter. If you fire a flash only a portion of the sensor will be exposed during the duration of the flash bulb going off. This will cause banding in your image.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/shutter21.png" rel="thumbnail" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2216]"><img style="display: block; float: none; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; border-width: 0px;" title="shutter2" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/shutter2_thumb1.png" alt="shutter2" width="554" height="112" border="0" /></a></p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_23351.jpg" rel="thumbnail" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2216]"><img style="display: block; float: none; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; border-width: 0px;" title="IMG_2335" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_2335_thumb1.jpg" alt="IMG_2335" width="554" height="371" border="0" /></a> Example of Banding</p>
<h3>What is High Speed Sync?</h3>
<p>Since a single flash burst will only expose a small portion of the sensor the solution is to have a continuous light output throughout the shutter cycle. Without speedlites this isn&#8217;t possible but we do have an interesting work-around. With High Speed Sync (HSS) the speedlite outputs a large number of short bursts while the shutter is in motion, around 50,000 bursts per second, emulating a constant light source. There are two downsides to HSS mode, the first is that you will lose some light output since the speedlite can&#8217;t put out full power when trying to spit out tens of thousands of bursts. The second downside is that you cannot freeze action with a longer shutter speed since the light output isn&#8217;t a very short burst, however, you can freeze just about anything by speeding that shutter up. This means the best use of high-speed sync is to light a subject that is heavily backlit by another light source such as the sun. Even in the brightest daylight can be taken to almost pitch black with a fast enough shutter speed. The challenge is to get enough light from your speedlight to get a good exposure on your subject.</p>
<table style="width: 560px;" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="top" width="280"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/Flash_Mode.png" rel="thumbnail" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2216]"><img style="display: inline; border-width: 0px;" title="Flash_Mode" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/Flash_Mode_thumb.png" alt="Flash_Mode" width="279" height="184" border="0" /></a><br />
Normal Flash Mode</td>
<td valign="top" width="280"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/hss_mode.png" rel="thumbnail" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2216]"><img style="display: inline; border-width: 0px;" title="hss_mode" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/hss_mode_thumb.png" alt="hss_mode" width="279" height="184" border="0" /></a><br />
Flash Bursting in High Speed Sync Mode</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3>Enabling High Speed Sync</h3>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/hss_screen.jpg" rel="thumbnail" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2216]"><img style="display: inline; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; border-width: 0px;" title="hss_screen" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/hss_screen_thumb.jpg" alt="hss_screen" width="244" height="244" align="right" border="0" /></a> On the Canon speedlites its very simply to enable high speed sync. To get started, simply press the third button until the icon appears at the top of the speedlite&#8217;s LCD display. High Speed Sync is available in both eTTL mode and Manual mode. If High Speed Sync is not enabled, the fastest your camera&#8217;s shutter will be 1/250th of a second. Once you enable High Speed Sync you can set your shutter speed to any speed that your camera body will support. Most modern DSLRs can go up to 1/8000th second.</p>
<h3>Why Do We Need Faster Shutter Speeds Anyway?</h3>
<p>If 1/250th is fast enough to freeze most action, why would need to shoot faster than that or why would we need to use flash outdoors in the daylight? To begin with, if we are shooting people against a bright blue sky and we try to expose the scene for our subject, the blue in the sky will get completely washed out and turn white. On the other hand, if you crank the shutter speed fast enough to get the sky to stay nice and blue, the subject will be underexposed. The best way to solve this is to expose for the sky and then use flash to light the subject. While this sounds simple the problem is really bright conditions is that you may need a shutter speed significantly faster than your sync speed, sometimes well over 1/1000th of a second. Let&#8217;s take a look at a very typical outdoor, mid-day shooting situation.</p>
<p>In the first sample set the sun was almost directly overhead and subject was sitting in a gazebo so she was covered by shade. While the first shot is &#8220;ok&#8221; it certainly doesn&#8217;t stand out or have any real mood to it. The second image is unusable, and the third image has a real edgy tone to it due to the directional lighting that was done completely by flash since the settings and conditions were identical to the second image where the subject was completely dark.</p>
<div class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 574px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_4433.jpg" rel="thumbnail" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2216]"><img style="display: inline; border: 0pt none;" title="IMG_4433" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_4433_thumb.jpg" alt="IMG_4433" width="564" height="377" border="0" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Scene Exposed for the Subject - Background Blown Out - Lighting Looks Flat 1/1000th sec f/4.0 ISO 400</p></div>
<div class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 574px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_4434.jpg" rel="thumbnail" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2216]"><img style="display: inline; border: 0pt none;" title="IMG_4434" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_4434_thumb.jpg" alt="IMG_4434" width="564" height="377" border="0" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Scene Exposed for the Background - Subject Underexposed 1/8000th sec f/4.0 ISO 400</p></div>
<div class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 574px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_4442.jpg" rel="thumbnail" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2216]"><img style="display: inline; border: 0pt none;" title="IMG_4442" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_4442_thumb.jpg" alt="IMG_4442" width="564" height="377" border="0" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Scene Exposed for the Background - Subject Lit By Flash 1/8000th sec f/4.0 ISO 400</p></div>
<p>In the second example set we set our subject completely unshaded and then started with an exposure metering of the sky and the knocked it down another two stops to knock it down as much as possible. Then, with the flash, we added the light back in with the flash.</p>
<table style="width: 560px;" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="top" width="280"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_4473.jpg" rel="thumbnail" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2216]"><img style="display: inline; border-width: 0px;" title="IMG_4473" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_4473_thumb.jpg" alt="IMG_4473" width="279" height="416" border="0" /></a></td>
<td valign="top" width="280"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_44651.jpg" rel="thumbnail" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2216]"><img style="display: inline; border-width: 0px;" title="IMG_4465" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_4465_thumb1.jpg" alt="IMG_4465" width="279" height="416" border="0" /></a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The only issue was that the subject was basically looking into the direct sunlight, but we did want to prove the point that you could completely override the sunlight with a fast shutter speed. To take it a step further, we moved the light to the opposite side. Take note that the shadow side of the face was actually facing the sun but by cranking the shutter speed we virtually eliminated the effect the sun had on her face. We also changed the ISO from 400 to 100 to stop the overall lighting down by two stops without affecting the subject.</p>
<div class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 574px"><img style="display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; border: 0pt none;" title="IMG_4501" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_4501_thumb.jpg" alt="IMG_4501" width="564" height="844" border="0" /><p class="wp-caption-text">1/1600th sec f/5.6 ISO 100</p></div>
<p>As you can see, we ended up with a great short lighted loop light. Could you do this with just natural light and reflectors, well not exactly. You could use a scrim over the model to cut down the sunlight and then bounce sunlight onto the far side of the face with a reflector. However, as you sped up the shutter to kill the background light, you would also be reducing the sunlight so it would be difficult, if not impossible to completely replicate. We can do it easily with flash because a speedlite at close range is going to provide more light than the sunlight and it is because we can create more light that we can do shots like this with flash.</p>
<h3>Feel The Need for More Speed(lites)</h3>
<p>Now let&#8217;s say you need to create a shot that appears to be taken at night, but your only opportunity to get the shot done is at high noon, the sun is blaring down and reflecting back up the ground. 1/100th at f/16 will give us a good exposure but if we need to knock it down significantly, without having enough depth of field to reach into the next county, we can easily find ourselves in a position where we need to be at 1/4000th or even faster to kill off the ambient light. Now usually we can get into the ball park with a single flash, but there is a really good reason why several companies have come out with dual, triple, and even quad speedlite holders. Remember, once we are in high speed sync, we can lose 2-2.5 stops of light, but if we add a second speedlite we double out light output. If one speedlite at full power (not really full because of HSS remember) isn&#8217;t quite enough, then two speedlites may be more than enough, as you add a third or fourth speedlite, you can usually run the speedlites are much less than full power which means faster recycle times and longer battery life. Running two speedlites each at 1/2 power is much better than 1 speedlite at full power. So three at 1/3 power each is better still. If you want to get really crazy, try <a href="http://pixsylated.com/2008/12/i-shot-ben-willmore-in-broad-daylight-gang-light-part-1/">twelve speedlites all connected together</a>.</p>
<h3>Summary</h3>
<p>Hopefully you have now seen the power of using High Speed Sync to get shots that your normally wouldn&#8217;t be able to get. It does take some experimenting to get your settings dialed in for exactly what you are trying to achieve, but once you get the hang of it, it will totally open up your ability to be more creative.</p>
<h3>Equipment Used</h3>
<table border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Camera:</td>
<td><a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B001EQ4BVI?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=cameradojo-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B001EQ4BVI" target="_blank">Canon EOS 50D</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Lighting:</td>
<td>Canon 580EX II</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">Triggers:</td>
<td><a href="http://cameradojo.com/2010/05/06/using-the-pocketwizard-controltl-wireless-flash-triggers/" target="_blank">PocketWizard ControlTL System</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Processing:</td>
<td>Adobe Lightroom 3.0</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=2216&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2010/05/31/mastering-your-flash-101-high-speed-sync/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>12</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_4465_thumb.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_4465_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4465</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/shutter_thumb1.png" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">shutter</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/shutter2_thumb1.png" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">shutter2</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_2335_thumb1.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_2335</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/Flash_Mode_thumb.png" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Flash_Mode</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/hss_mode_thumb.png" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">hss_mode</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/hss_screen_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">hss_screen</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_4433_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4433</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_4434_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4434</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_4442_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4442</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_4473_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4473</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_4465_thumb1.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4465</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_4501_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4501</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=2216&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Using the PocketWizard ControlTL Wireless Flash Triggers</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2010/05/06/using-the-pocketwizard-controltl-wireless-flash-triggers/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2010/05/06/using-the-pocketwizard-controltl-wireless-flash-triggers/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 06 May 2010 08:03:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSLR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Lumodi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pocketwizard]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1981</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[ Before we can really look at whether we need a product like the PocketWizard ControlTL system, we need to understand the limitations of our existing Canon speedlite system. The Canon system has a good ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/pocketwizard_logo.gif" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1981]"><img style="display: inline; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; border: 0px;" title="pocketwizard_logo" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/pocketwizard_logo_thumb.gif" border="0" alt="pocketwizard_logo" width="200" height="95" align="right" /></a> Before we can really look at whether we need a product like the PocketWizard ControlTL system, we need to understand the limitations of our existing Canon speedlite system. The Canon system has a good amount of control of multiple lights, supports two main zones that are ratio controlled along with a background zone, and supports manual control of multiple lights. While not the end-all-beat-all solution that many of us would like, the feature set is fairly solid. With all this being said, what does PocketWizard bring to the table with the ControlTL system?</p>
<h3><span id="more-1981"></span>Understanding the problem</h3>
<p>In the intro, we stated that the Canon wireless speedlite system has a lot of features and is reasonably flexible in how you can use it. While that is true, there are some serious limitation to the system that Canon has yet to address, and given the installed base, probably isn&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t likely to address in the near future.</p>
<p>The primary problem is that the Master light needs to communicate with the slave units and does this via bursts of flash just before the main flash goes off. This &#226;&#8364;&#339;pre-flash&#226;&#8364; happens so fast that you can&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t tell it from the main flash. This works quite well in optimum environments like inside your studio. However, once you get outside and you have issues like the sun interfering with the speedlite&#226;&#8364;&#8482;s communication, trying to use modifiers that block communication, or worse, trying to put speedlites in places with no direct line of sight such as outside a door, or around a corner, and the Canon system by itself starts to have issues very quickly.</p>
<p>While there are inexpensive radio triggers available and some of them work very reliably, the problem is that they only allow you to use use speedlites in manual mode only. Now this may be ok for you, and it is for many people, they lack several very key features:</p>
<ol>
<li>The ability to use Canon&#226;&#8364;&#8482;s eTTL system for automatic exposure control</li>
<li>The ability to remotely adjust the power output of the slave units</li>
<li>The ability to use high speed sync</li>
</ol>
<p>Again, these things may not be of interest to you based on the style of shooting you do, but for many people, these are critical components of getting the lighting they want.</p>
<h3>How the ControlTL System Solves the Problem</h3>
<p><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/FlexTT5MiniTT1550x317.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1981]"><img style="display: inline; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; border: 0px;" title="FlexTT5-Mini-TT1-550x317" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/FlexTT5MiniTT1550x317_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="FlexTT5-Mini-TT1-550x317" width="240" height="184" align="right" /></a> While I will go into more technical detail in a moment, simply put, the ControlTL system intercepts the signals going to the speedlite and transmits the information over radio frequencies to the remote receivers.</p>
<p>There are two available components as part of the system, the MiniTT1 transmitter and the FlexTT5 transceiver. At a minimum you need one transmitter and one transceiver which would allow you to do off-camera lighting in eTTL mode and allow you to adjust power output by adjusting the flash compensation on your camera body.</p>
<p>Adding additional transceivers and speedlites adds to the flexibility of the system and allows you to build up to using multiple zones, ratio control, and remote setting of manual settings.</p>
<h3>Why is eTTL Important?</h3>
<p>Is eTTL over-rated or the magic bullet? For the most part, eTTL does a pretty good job the majority of the time. Let&#226;&#8364;&#8482;s say we are shooting a scene and we set our camera to ISO 200, f/5.6, and 1/60th of a second shutter speed. The Canon speedlites will do a pre-flash to determine the best flash output for those settings and adjust accordingly. If we then change our camera settings to ISO 400, f/5.6, 1/100 of a second, even though we have effectively adjusted the camera settings by two stops, the eTTL system will determine that it simply needs less flash output to properly light the scene. Of course, with any system that is trying determine how to light something, it isn&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t always going to be perfect because the camera simply can&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t read your mind to figure out what it is you are trying to do, but generally speaking, eTTL does a pretty good job most of the time and can be a big time saver in getting your lighting dialed in.</p>
<h3>ControlTL Modes</h3>
<p>The new PocketWizard ControlTL system has several basic operating modes, the following are explanations of the basic setups.</p>
<ul>
<li>Basic eTTL Mode<br />
In the most basic mode you need either a MiniTT1 transmitter or a FlexTT5 transceiver on the camera&#226;&#8364;&#8482;s hot shoe shoe and a flash on a FlexTT5. In this basic mode, all speedlites&#194;&#160; are grouped together into a single zone.</li>
<li>Ratio eTTL Mode<br />
This mode requires Canon 580 EX or EX II be in the hot shoe of the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 that is in the hot shoe on the camera. Remote flashes can be assigned to zones A, B, or C by selecting the zone switch on the remote FlexTT5 module. The ratio control is managed on the speedlite mounted on the camera. You can also use a Canon STE2 Commander on top of the camera to adjust the lighting ratios.</li>
<li>Wireless Manual Mode<br />
&#226;&#8364;&#339;Wireless Manual&#226;&#8364; system allows setting a remote flash to a desired manual level from the MASTER flash. You must use a 580EX II on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 as transmitter. The original 580EX or earlier flashes cannot perform<br />
this function via ControlTL radios. &#226;&#8364;&#339;Wireless Manual&#226;&#8364; uses controls similar to ratio mode.</li>
</ul>
<p>In both of the eTTL modes, the new PocketWizards double the output of the pre-flash boost for determining exposure making it more accurate, usable at longer ranges, and improves functionality when using modifiers such as umbrellas and softboxes.</p>
<p>One feature that I love is being able to use high speed sync. The way high speed sync actually works is that the flash will output thousands of small bursts very quickly to provide virtually continuous light output when the shutter is moving at high speeds. The downside to HSS is that it&#8217;s pretty harsh on batteries. The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 communicate directly with the flash and PocketWizard came up with a means of optimizing the burst output to match the shutter speed which can result is massive improvements, 2-4x improvement in output power, 2-4x increase in battery life, and 2-4x faster recycle time.</p>
<p>There is yet another mode called HyperSync which allows high shutter speeds with studio strobes. While you do take a light output hit in this mode, it can enable some incredible shots that were previously impossible to get. This is a mode I am really looking forward to playing with more.</p>
<p>Finally there are even optimizations for rear curtain sync that ensure the flash goes off as late as possible ensuring a proper exposure while making sure the shutter is in the right position when the flash goes off.</p>
<p><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/579zone_control_final_cropped_resized.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1981]"><img style="display: inline; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; border: 0px;" title="579zone_control_final_cropped_resized" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/579zone_control_final_cropped_resized_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="579zone_control_final_cropped_resized" width="204" height="153" align="right" /></a>Although you may have heard that putting a ControlTL device on your camera&#226;&#8364;&#8482;s hot shoe will fool your camera into thinking there is a flash there, this is not completely accurate. The only in-camera flash control you have is Flash Exposure Compensation. Any zone control or ratio adjustments have to be done with an actual 580 EX/EX II mounted on top of the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 device.</p>
<p>When the Zone Controller is available, this will help solve the ratio issue by allowing independent adjustment of three different zones without having to have a speedlite on the camera itself. This will allow photographers with two speedlites to use them both off-camera with individual output control. The Zone Controller can also operate each zone in manual or eTTL mode for maximum flexibility. The Zone Controller should be shipping at the end of May for around $70.</p>
<h3>How I use the PocketWizard ControlTL System</h3>
<p><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/ShootThis_0425101.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1981]"><img style="display: inline; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; border: 0px;" title="ShootThis_042510-1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/ShootThis_0425101_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="ShootThis_042510-1" width="244" height="164" align="right" /></a> I can&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t really address every possible scenario but I can tell you how I have been using the ControlTL system in the shooting I have been doing. This generally breaks down into a couple of different situations. As seen in this first image, a remote flash on a lightstand is outfitted with a <a href="http://cameradojo.com/2010/03/22/quick-look-lumodi-14-beauty-dish/">Lumodi Beauty Dish</a> to provide directional lighting and make it appear as if the subjects are being lit by the sun. Shooting at this distance and still having eTTL control of the flash is a huge benefit. This is also used with high speed sync to be able to properly expose for a bright sky and still get a proper exposure on the subjects.</p>
<p>Usually only a simple adjustment of the flash compensation is all that is needed to dial in the exact look that I am going for.</p>
<p><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_1704.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1981]"><img style="display: inline; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; border: 0px;" title="IMG_1704" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_1704_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="IMG_1704" width="244" height="164" align="right" /></a> The second most common usage is the ability to place a subject is complete shade to minimize harsh shadows from the sun but still provide the look of an afternoon sun but with far greater control over the contrast.</p>
<p>The bottom line is that the ControlTL system provides the means accomplish the style of images that I try to create with minimal setup time and quick remote adjustments.</p>
<h3>Is the ControlTL System for you?</h3>
<p>You are the only person who can decide if the ControlTL system is the right fit for your photography style and especially your budget. The components are not cheap, this is a system designed for professionals. The <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B003D3OC8C?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=cameradojo-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B003D3OC8C">MiniTT1 transmitter sells for $199</a> while the <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B003D3OC8C?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=cameradojo-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B003D3OC8C">FlexTT5 transmitter sells for $225</a>. With the <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B000NP3DJW?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=cameradojo-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B000NP3DJW">Canon 580 EX II</a> selling for $445, a multi-light setup starts to get expensive very quickly.</p>
<p>Why not just use studio strobes and radio triggers? There are certainly situations where that is appropriate and even preferred. However, studio strobes are not as portable, do not offer eTTL control, cannot do high speed sync, and can&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t dump their light fast enough for higher speed shots. The small speedlites are extremely flexible and having them be able to be used at fairly long distances gives you control over your lighting that you simply can&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t get with a studio strobe.</p>
<p>For more information as well as numerous instructional videos, check out the PocketWizard website at <a href="http://pocketwizard.com">http://pocketwizard.com</a></p>
<p><span style="font-size: xx-small;">Disclosure: CameraDojo, Kerry Garrison, and associated editors do not receive any monetary compensation for any reviews or articles written for the<br />
CameraDojo.com website. PocketWizard supplied loaner equipment to use for this article as well as several upcoming lighting tutorials.</span></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1981&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2010/05/06/using-the-pocketwizard-controltl-wireless-flash-triggers/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>11</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/pocketwizard_logo_thumb.gif" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/pocketwizard_logo_thumb.gif" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">pocketwizard_logo</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/FlexTT5MiniTT1550x317_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">FlexTT5-Mini-TT1-550x317</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/579zone_control_final_cropped_resized_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">579zone_control_final_cropped_resized</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/ShootThis_0425101_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">ShootThis_042510-1</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_1704_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_1704</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=1981&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Vanguard Supreme 53F Hard Case</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/04/11/vanguard-supreme-53f-hard-case/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/04/11/vanguard-supreme-53f-hard-case/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 11 Apr 2009 22:45:20 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Luggage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[release]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Review]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[studio]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tagging]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Temperature]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Travel]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1271</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[We have looked at different types and styles of camera bags but the Vanguard 53 isn&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t your normal camera bag. The Supreme 53 is a hard-sided case more at home in the cargo compartment of an airplane than it is being used as a daily equipment hauler. While other companies selling hard cases have been around for many years, Vanguard has a lot to live up to. Let&#226;&#8364;&#8482;s take a look at at the Supreme 53 and see if Vanguard has succeeded in building a better mouse trap.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div id="attachment_1275" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2985.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1271]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1275" title="_mg_2985" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2985-200x134.jpg" alt="_mg_2985" width="200" height="134" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Vanguard Supreme 53F</p></div>
<p>We have looked at different types and styles of camera bags but the Vanguard 53F isn&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t your normal camera bag. The Supreme 53F is a hard-sided case more at home in the cargo compartment of an airplane than it is being used as a daily equipment hauler. While other companies selling hard cases have been around for many years, Vanguard has a lot to live up to. Let&#226;&#8364;&#8482;s take a look at at the Supreme 53F and see if Vanguard has succeeded in building a better mouse trap.</p>
<p><span id="more-1271"></span></p>
<div id="attachment_1272" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2982.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1271]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1272" title="_mg_2982" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2982-200x200.jpg" alt="53F with Handle Extended" width="200" height="200" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">53F with Handle Extended</p></div>
<h3>Overview</h3>
<p>Vanguard&#226;&#8364;&#8482;s Supreme line of cases are watertight and airtight up to a depth of 15 feet, dustproof, virtually indestructible, resistant to corrosion, and can withstand extreme climate variations.&#194;&#160; All of the Supreme cases are design to withstand temperature variations from -40&#194;&#176; to 203&#194;&#176;. The Supreme cases have quick release latches that are easy to use, and the comfort grip handle is ideal for carrying heavy equipment. With pad lock receptacles on each case, they are ideal for airline travel.</p>
<h3>Features</h3>
<p>The Supreme 53F is as rugged of a case as you are going to find anywhere. The case itself in extremely strong and durable with very well designed latches that lock easily and securely. The retractable handle locks into place in both the extended and retracted positions. The main handles have nice padding to make it more comfortable to carry. Internally, an O-ring helps keep the case water and dust resistant while the octagonal pluck-foam allows for almost any shape of object.</p>
<div id="attachment_1274" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2984.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1271]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1274" title="_mg_2984" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2984-200x134.jpg" alt="Secure Latches" width="200" height="134" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Secure Latches</p></div>
<ul>
<li>Water, air and dust tight</li>
<li>Resistant to 264.5 pounds weight pressure</li>
<li>Automatic pressure equalization valve</li>
<li>Padded handles</li>
<li>Metal lined padlock holes</li>
<li>Waterproof name tag</li>
<li>Locking travel handle</li>
<li>Two layers of thick pluck-foam</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Specifications<br />
</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Inside dimensions: 22&#226;&#8364; x 17 3/4&#226;&#8364; x 7 7/8&#226;&#8364;</li>
<li>Outside dimensions: 24 3/4&#226;&#8364; x 20 1/2&#226;&#8364; x 9 1/2&#226;&#8364;</li>
<li>Weight: 22.93lbs</li>
</ul>
<h3>Usage</h3>
<div id="attachment_1279" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2992.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1271]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1279" title="_mg_2992" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2992-200x134.jpg" alt="Rubberized Handles and Pressure Relief Valve" width="200" height="134" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Rubberized Handles and Pressure Relief Valve</p></div>
<p>The 53F is nice and big, too big for carry-on luggage on an airplane but not too big to be considered oversize for regular check-in luggage. The wheels roll smooth on flat surfaces but are too small to work well off-road or and in grass.&#194;&#160; With two layers of foam included, you could have two levels of regular camera gear or remove one for larger items like studio strobes. The travel handle locks securely when retracted so you don&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t have to worry about it coming out when it is being shipped.</p>
<h3>Results</h3>
<p>Having used other hard cases that are similar, the others just don&#226;&#8364;&#8482;t stack up to the Supreme 53F. The latches are the best I have seen on cases of this type and the padded handles make it more comfortable to pick up when loaded. Knowing that when the case is closed my gear is safe from water and dust because of the integrated O-Ring gives you piece of mind. The only thing I would change if I could is the thickness of the pluck-foam. The 53F comes with 2 very thick sheets of foam but I would prefer 3 or 4 thinner sheets for more versatility but that is just being picky. It&#226;&#8364;&#8482;s not everyday that you need a super rugged hard case, but when you do, the Vanguard Supreme series of cases is as good as it gets and with a street price of around $230, you get quite a case for the money.</p>
<div id="attachment_1276" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2986.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1271]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1276" title="_mg_2986" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2986-200x134.jpg" alt="Big Roomy Case" width="200" height="134" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Big Roomy Case</p></div>
<p><strong>Product Review Scorecard</strong></p>
<table style="width: 138px;" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Features:</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Setup:</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Usage:</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Results:</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Price:</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top">
<p align="right"><strong>Overall:<br />
</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top"><strong>5</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong><strong>Author:</strong> <a href="http://kerrygarrison.com">Kerry Garrison</a></strong></p>
<p><iframe src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=cameradojo-20&#038;o=1&#038;p=8&#038;l=as1&#038;asins=B001APWHYQ&#038;md=10FE9736YVPPT7A0FBG2&#038;fc1=000000&#038;IS2=1&#038;lt1=_blank&#038;m=amazon&#038;lc1=0000FF&#038;bc1=000000&#038;bg1=FFFFFF&#038;f=ifr" style="width:120px;height:240px;" scrolling="no" marginwidth="0" marginheight="0" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1271&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/04/11/vanguard-supreme-53f-hard-case/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>9</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2985-140x93.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2985.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">_mg_2985</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2985-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2982.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">_mg_2982</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">53F with Handle Extended</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2982-140x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2984.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">_mg_2984</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Secure Latches</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2984-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2992.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">_mg_2992</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Rubberized Handles and Pressure Relief Valve</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2992-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2986.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">_mg_2986</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Big Roomy Case</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2986-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=1271&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Review: Tronix Explorer XT Portable Power Source</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/03/20/tronix-explorer-xt-portable-power-source/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/03/20/tronix-explorer-xt-portable-power-source/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2009 23:12:48 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[battery power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[light]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[remote]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[studio]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1231</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Studio strobes are expensive and when you need lots of light but when you want to use them on location somewhere you have to find electrical outlets and possibly use long unwieldy extensions cords. But what happens when there is no power available at all? Using a generator is not recommended unless you can find one with a true sine wave inverter and even then, the peak times of the strobes when recycling can put an excessive strain on the generator. Innovatronix has a solution with their Explorer XT portable power source.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/MG_8679.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1231]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-2182" title="_MG_8679" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/MG_8679-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>Studio strobes are expensive and when you need lots of light but when you want to use them on location somewhere you have to find electrical outlets and possibly use long unwieldy extensions cords. But what happens when there is no power available at all? Using a generator is not recommended unless you can find one with a true sine wave inverter and even then, the peak times of the strobes when recycling can put an excessive strain on the generator. Innovatronix has a solution with their Explorer XT portable power source.<span id="more-1231"></span></p>
<h3>Overview</h3>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/MG_8685.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1231]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-2183" title="_MG_8685" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/MG_8685-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>I often see posts in different forums from people trying&#160; to figure out how to provide remote power for on-location shooting. I have seen everything from picnic coolers full of electronics to generators with expensive inverters strapped on.&#160; or the cost of building one of these picnic cooler power packs and your time to buy all the parts and assemble it, you are just as well off to spend the $349 for the Explorer XT and have a professionally built package that you know is going to work well.</p>
<h3>Features</h3>
<p>The Explorer XT is rated at 350 watts of continuous power and 1200watts peak power. For studio strobes this can handle up to 2400ws. The Explorer XT is designed as a portable power source for most flash and power pack units to be used on location, away from available power.</p>
<p>The Explorer XT is equipped with two (2) 12V, 7Ah sealed lead acid batteries, with an auto volt-charging feature which accepts 100-240V. It also has a 14V car battery charging where an internal circuit converts the 12V/14V source to a 24V. It also has an auxiliary battery port, allowing the user to connect another battery in case you need extended battery life. Battery power level indicators with beeper and charging indicators allow you to monitor power consumption and charging status.</p>
<p>The Explorer XT comes with a handy carrying bag to make hauling it around easier. The bag opens on both ends to allow access to all of the ports without removing it from the bag.</p>
<p><strong>Specifications:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Power Output: </strong>350 watts (continuous)/ 1200watts (peak)</li>
<li><strong>Number of output sockets: </strong>2</li>
<li><strong>Battery: </strong>Two (2) 12Vdc, 7AH SLA provision for external battery pack</li>
<li><strong>Charging Voltage Input: </strong>100V-240V / 14Vdc (car battery charger)</li>
<li><strong>Charger:</strong> Built-in</li>
<li><strong>Weight: </strong>8.5 kg (18 lbs)</li>
<li><strong>Dimensions:</strong> 14.5&#8243; x 5.5&#8243; x 7&#8243;</li>
<li><strong>Available Models: </strong>115V/60Hz (North American, Japan) 230V/50 Hz (EU, Asia-Pacific, Middle East<br />
230V/60Hz (Philippines)</li>
</ul>
<h3>Setup</h3>
<p>What setup? You take it out of the shipping container and its ready to go.&#160; The only thing you need to do is keep it charged up. According to the instructions, you should keep in plugged in even when not in use, this will keep the lead acid batteries in optimum condition as well as always being ready for use.&#160; This was a concern of mine since a fan is running and even though the instructions say it will use a trickle charge, I wanted to know how much power draw it was really taking. Using a Kill-A-Watt to measure to power draw I found that while the system is charging (charge light is blinking) was 80 watts, wow, that would be pricey to have plugged in all the time. However, as soon as the system hit a full charge (charging light went solid) then the power draw dropped to only 6 watts, now that&#8217;s more like it as I have numerous electronics around the house that use more than 6 watts when in standby mode so keeping the Explorer XT plugged in all the time.</p>
<h3>Usage</h3>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/IMG_4530.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1231]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-2184" title="IMG_4530" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/IMG_4530-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>The Explorer XT is designed to be dead-simple to use. Just turn it on and plug in your devices and use them like normal.&#160; The Explorer XT has two outlets on the front that output clean power from the Explorer XT&#8217;s internal pure sine wave inverter.&#160; Having a top-notch pure sine wave inverter is important as it helps protect the devices that you have plugged into it. Besides just being a portable battery solution, it can also be used in between your equipment and a low-cost gas generator. At first that may not make sense, why would you need the Explorer XT if you have a generator? The issue is that low-end generators can&#8217;t handle the peak demands that studio strobe lights require and they don&#8217;t have pure sine wave inverters. By using both a generator and the Explorer XT the Explorer XT will handle the load of the strobes while the generator will work to keep the batteries charged up.</p>
<h3>Results</h3>
<p>The only way to really test out the Explorer XT was to hook up some strobes and start shooting. While the unit is rated for up to 2400ws, I don&#8217;t have anything near that power, nor do I need it in my home studio. I hooked up two PhotoBasics Strobelites (150ws each) and one PhotoBasics StrobeLite Plus (200ws) for a total of 500ws and started shooting away with all three lights on full power.&#160; The Explorer XT has three charge level indicator lights, High, Mid, Low, at 225 shots the light flickered between Hi and Mid and finally went solid on Mid at 250 shots. The only difference from being plugged into the wall socket is that the recycle time dropped from four seconds to five seconds, and if I was shooting as fast as they could recycle would creep up to about six seconds. A short pause in the shooting and the recycle rate would speed up again. At 250 shots and only having drained about 1/3 of the battery charge I finally ended the test since I don&#8217;t like putting unneeded wear and tear on my lights or camera but it did show me that I can easily do most any typical shoot that I do and still have plenty of power left to also run other accessories like a blower or laptop.</p>
<p>I am very impressed by the performance considering the small size and relatively light weight of the unit.</p>
<div><strong>Product Review Scorecard</strong></div>
<div>
<div>
<table id="vtas" class="zeroBorder" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><strong>Setup:<br />
</strong></td>
<td width="50%">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><strong>Features:<br />
</strong></td>
<td width="50%">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><strong>Usage:<br />
</strong></td>
<td width="50%">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><strong>Results:<br />
</strong></td>
<td width="50%">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><strong>Price:<br />
</strong></td>
<td width="50%">4</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%">
<div><strong>Overall:</strong></div>
</td>
<td width="50%"><strong>4.8</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<p><strong>Company Page:</strong> <a href="http://www.innovatronix.com" target="_blank">http://www.innovatronix.com</a></p>
<p><strong>Equipment Used in this article</strong></p>
<table style="width: 352px; height: 58px;" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Camera</strong></td>
<td>Canon 30D</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Processing Software</strong></td>
<td><a href="http://cameradojo.com/category/tutorials/lightroom-tutorials/">Adobe Photoshop Lightroom 2.3</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Lighting</strong></td>
<td><a href="http://cameradojo.com/?s=photobasics+strobelite&amp;x=0&amp;y=0" target="_blank">PhotoBasics StrobeLites</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1231&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/03/20/tronix-explorer-xt-portable-power-source/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/MG_8679-140x93.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/MG_8679.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">_MG_8679</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/MG_8679-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/MG_8685.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">_MG_8685</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/MG_8685-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/IMG_4530.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4530</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/IMG_4530-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=1231&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>ExpoImaging Tapped as Exclusive U.S. Distributor of Honl Photo Professional Products</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/28/expoimaging-tapped-as-exclusive-us-distributor-of-honl-photo-professional-products/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/28/expoimaging-tapped-as-exclusive-us-distributor-of-honl-photo-professional-products/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 28 Jan 2009 23:46:25 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Accessories]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[announcement]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[assignment]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[background]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Backgrounds]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[color]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[community]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Digital]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[expodisc]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[gels]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lens]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[light]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[marketing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[photographer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[snoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[studio]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Travel]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1072</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Watsonville, CA (PRWEB) January 26, 2009 -- ExpoImaging Inc. (www.ExpoImaging.net), developer and marketer of innovative camera accessories, including the Ray Flash Ring Light Adapter, ExpoDisc Digital White Balance Filter and the ExpoAperture2 Depth-of-Field Guide, today announced that it is now the exclusive U.S. distributor of Honl Photo Professional Products.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>Honl Photo Grids, Snoots, Reflectors, Gobos and Gels: Studio Style Lighting Tools that Quickly Attach to Any Shoe-Mount Flash </em></p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/honlprodpageheader.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1072]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1073" title="honlprodpageheader" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/honlprodpageheader-193x200.jpg" alt="honlprodpageheader" width="193" height="200" /></a>Watsonville, CA (PRWEB) January 26, 2009 &#8212; ExpoImaging Inc. (<a href="http://www.expoimaging.net/" target="_blank">www.ExpoImaging.net</a>), developer and marketer of innovative camera accessories, including the <a href="http://www.expoimaging.net/product-detail.php?cat_id=8&amp;product_id=15&amp;keywords=Ray_Flash:_The_Ring_Flash_Adapter" target="_blank">Ray Flash Ring Light Adapter</a>, <a href="http://www.expoimaging.net/product-overview.php?cat_id=1&amp;keywords=ExpoDisc" target="_blank">ExpoDisc Digital White Balance Filter</a> and <a href="http://www.expoimaging.net/product-detail.php?cat_id=4&amp;product_id=4&amp;keywords=ExpoAperture2_Depth-of-Field_Guide" target="_blank">the ExpoAperture2 Depth-of-Field Guide</a>, today announced that it is now the exclusive U.S. distributor of <a href="http://www.expoimaging.net/product-detail.php?cat_id=10&amp;product_id=18&amp;keywords=Honl_Photo_Grids,_Gobos,_Snoots_and_Gels" target="_blank">Honl Photo Professional Products</a>.</p>
<p>Developed by veteran photojournalist David Honl, The Honl Photo Speed System is a collection of lightweight, durable and affordable light modifiers for shoe-mount flashes including an assortment of grids, snoots, reflectors, gobos and gels. With retail prices ranging from $9.95 to $29.95, these practical tools were designed to universally fit all shoe-mount flashes without the use of annoying adhesives. As photographers increasingly take advantage of the power and flexibility of modern portable shoe-mount flashes, the Honl Photo Speed System allows them to affordably bring studio-style lighting effects into the field.</p>
<p>&#8220;With more than two decades of professional experience, David Honl&#8217;s work has been published worldwide,&#8221; said Erik Sowder, president of ExpoImaging. &#8220;David developed and field tested the Speed System while traveling on assignment under very challenging conditions. We firmly believe that there are no similar products available that are more practical or easy-to-use. And we are pleased that David recognized our sales and marketing success and chose ExpoImaging to be his exclusive U.S. distributor. We look forward to representing these innovative and unique lighting products.&#8221;</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/speedstrap.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1072]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1074" title="speedstrap" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/speedstrap-200x200.jpg" alt="speedstrap" width="200" height="200" /></a>The Honl Photo Speed System consists of:<br />
&#194;&#183; The Honl Speed Strap: a simple, non-slip velcro strap that wraps around the flash head and attaches and removes in seconds. The Speed Strap avoids rubber bands, tape and sticky residue, and universally fits any shoe-mount flash. The Speed Strap provides a large wraparound surface area to quickly attach Speed Grids, Speed Gobos/Bounce Cards, Speed Snoots or Honl Gels. The Honl Speed Strap retails for $9.95.</p>
<p>&#194;&#183; Honl Photo Speed Grids (patent pending): weighting just 3 oz and available in 1/4-inch and 1/8-inch grid, the honeycomb-like cells narrow the beam of light from a portable flash unit, producing a small circle of light on a subject. Perfect for dramatic lighting effects, Speed Grids fit any shoe-mount and most handle-mount portable strobes and attach quickly and easily to a Speed Strap. Honl Photo Speed Grids retail for $29.95.</p>
<p>&#194;&#183; <a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/gobobouncecard.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1072]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1076" title="gobobouncecard" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/gobobouncecard-200x200.jpg" alt="gobobouncecard" width="200" height="200" /></a>The Honl Photo Speed Gobo/Bounce Card: a versatile gobo made of black ballistic nylon on one side and white polymer on the other. The black side can be used to keep light from flaring into a lens when using a flash as a background or hair light. The white side can be used as a bounce card. Utilizing two gobos, photographers can create a barn door setup. The Honl Speed Gobo/Bounce Card attaches quickly with a Speed Strap. The Honl Photo Speed Gobo/Bounce Card retails for $14.95.</p>
<p>&#194;&#183; The Honl Photo Speed Snoot/Reflector (patent pending): available as a 5-inch &#8220;Shorty&#8221; or 8-inch &#8220;Regular&#8221;, this snoot is constructed of black, ballistic nylon with a gray interior that produces a soft falloff. The snoot can be shaped to concentrate the light from a shoe-mount flash for dramatic cinematic lighting or opened-up to use as a flash bouncer/reflector. Ideal in a variety of settings, from basic portraits to dramatic background lighting, the Speed Snoot/Reflector attaches and removes in seconds using a Speed Strap. The Honl Photo Speed Snoot/Reflector retails for $29.95.</p>
<p>&#194;&#183; <a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/gels.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1072]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1075" title="gels" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/gels-200x200.jpg" alt="gels" width="200" height="200" /></a>The Honl Photo Gel Kit: colors strobes to correct for tungsten, fluorescent or daylight lighting environments or adds artistic color effects to images. These superior quality gels are pre-cut and have attached strips of velcro to secure quickly to a Speed Strap, and can be used in conjunction with Honl Snoots, Gobos and Grids. The usable gel area is 2.5 inches by 4 inches (approx. 64mm by 102mm) and can be trimmed to fit individual strobes. The Honl Photo Gel Kit retails for $29.95.</p>
<p>&#8220;We feel fortunate for the opportunity to partner with ExpoImaging,&#8221; said David Honl. &#8220;We chose to work with ExpoImaging because they&#8217;re good at marketing and they have a great reputation in the industry. We look forward to a long and mutually beneficial business relationship.&#8221;</p>
<p>The addition of the Honl Photo line further solidifies ExpoImaging&#8217;s position as a leading supplier of unique and exciting products that meet the needs of photographers at all levels.</p>
<p>Honl Photo Professional Speed System Products are now available at photo dealers nationwide and online by visiting <a href="http://www.expoimaging.net/" target="_blank">www.ExpoImaging.net</a>.</p>
<p>About ExpoImaging, Inc.</p>
<p>ExpoImaging Inc. markets and develops innovative camera accessories and is the pioneer in digital white balance filters. Ray Flash: The Ring Light Adapter, Honl Photo Speed System, ExpoDisc Digital White Balance Filters, and the ExpoAperture2 Depth-of-Field Guide are available at select photography dealers worldwide, or online at <a href="http://www.expoimaging.net/" target="_blank">www.ExpoImaging.net</a>.</p>
<p>###<br />
David Griffin<br />
Matter Communications &#8212; Providence<br />
401-351-9504 (direct)<br />
508-648-1176 (mobile)<br />
dgriffinmatter (AIM)<a href="http://www.matternow.com/" target="_blank"><br />
david@matternow.com<br />
www.matternow.com</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1072&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/28/expoimaging-tapped-as-exclusive-us-distributor-of-honl-photo-professional-products/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/honlprodpageheader-135x140.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/honlprodpageheader.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">honlprodpageheader</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/honlprodpageheader-135x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/speedstrap.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">speedstrap</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/speedstrap-140x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/gobobouncecard.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">gobobouncecard</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/gobobouncecard-140x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/gels.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">gels</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/gels-140x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=1072&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>VerteX Light modifer by Presslite</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/13/vertex-light-modifer-by-presslite/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/13/vertex-light-modifer-by-presslite/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 13 Jan 2009 19:44:42 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Accessories]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adjustments]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[light]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lost]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[marketing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pictures]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[radio]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[remote]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Review]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[rotate]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[wedding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Weddings]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=972</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[We have seen every imaginable type of light diffuser product you can imagine and have even built different ones yourself for specific purposes all in the name of finding just the right combination of bounce and diffusion. Every device we have seen will work great in some specific situations but will not be ideal in every situation. When we saw the VerteX for the first time, while it may have looked more like a gimmick at first glance, I soon realized the potential and just had to try one out.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_6473.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g972]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-979" title="img_6473" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_6473-200x134.jpg" alt="img_6473" width="200" height="134" /></a>We have seen every imaginable type of light diffuser product you can imagine and have even built different ones yourself for specific purposes all in the name of finding just the right combination of bounce and diffusion. Every device we have seen will work great in some specific situations but will not be ideal in every situation. When we saw the VerteX for the first time, while it may have looked more like a gimmick at first glance, I soon realized the potential and just had to try one out.</p>
<h2><span id="more-972"></span>Overview</h2>
<p>The VerteX is designed to give the ultimate in lighting control from a typical speedlight by allowing almost an infinite amount of adjustment. The VerteX is a mechanical device that can accept one or two panels on it to allow you to send the light in the specific direction(s) that you want.</p>
<p>The VerteX works by having a swinging arm that can have either one or two flaps attached to it that can rotate 360 degrees. Each flap has a mirrored side and a white diffusion side.&#194;&#160; By adjusting the swing arm and the flaps you can split the light coming out of your accessory flash and send the light in different directions. Nothing else on the market today gives you this much control over your lighting.</p>
<h2>Setup</h2>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_6483.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g972]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-973" title="img_6483" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_6483-200x134.jpg" alt="img_6483" width="200" height="134" /></a>Normally I would go into a real lengthy section and maybe even some step-by-step pics showing how to assemble a product. Bust seriously, the VerteX takes about 30 seconds to setup, you will spend more time reading this paragraph than you will spend setting the VerteX up. You take the two arms and snap them into place in the holes on the sides of the rubber band, push them together over the cross piece, and push the flaps into place, which are held there with magnets. That&#8217;s it. I find it easier to get onto the flash if you attach the rubber band to the flash head right after putting the two arms on and before attaching the cross bean and flaps. In under a minute you are ready to start taking pictures with the VerteX.</p>
<h2>Usage</h2>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_6477.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g972]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-981" title="img_6477" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_6477-200x134.jpg" alt="img_6477" width="200" height="134" /></a>I am going to be really honest here, if you really don&#8217;t understand lighting, you may have trouble previsualizing what you can achieve with the VerteX. However, if you are the type of person who can look at a scene and know, for example,&#194;&#160; that you want a slight shadow from one direction, a little fill up front, and some top lighting, then you will be able to use the VerteX to it&#8217;s full potential. Since you can split the light and send some forward, some up to bounce off the ceiling, some left to bounce off a wall, you can achieve lighting effects that otherwise would have required multiple strobes.</p>
<h2>Results</h2>
<p>Before getting into wedding photography I did mostly product photography so using multiple lights was second nature, getting into wedding photography felt very limiting as it really isn&#8217;t practical on most shoots to lug around multiple light sources, radio remotes, light stands, etc and the current light modifiers on the market work very well in specific situations, but there hasn&#8217;t been a product that could really give you the flexibility of multiple light sources from a single strobe head until the VerteX. Here are a few shots from a recent wedding where I used the VerteX to get some really nicely lit indoor shots.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_5094.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g972]"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-975" title="img_5094" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_5094-200x134.jpg" alt="img_5094" width="200" height="134" /></a> <a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_5406.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g972]"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-978" title="img_5406" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_5406-200x134.jpg" alt="img_5406" width="200" height="134" /></a><br />
<a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_5401.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g972]"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-977" title="img_5401" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_5401-200x134.jpg" alt="img_5401" width="200" height="134" /></a> <a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_5129.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g972]"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-976" title="img_5129" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_5129-200x134.jpg" alt="img_5129" width="200" height="134" /></a></p>
<h2>Summary</h2>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_6475.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g972]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-980 alignright" title="img_6475" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_6475-200x134.jpg" alt="img_6475" width="200" height="134" /></a>While the VerteX may look like a homing beacon for an alien spacecraft, it does exactly what it is intended to do. I am thrilled with the control over the light that it gives me and enables lighting that simply wasn&#8217;t possible before.&#194;&#160; For $49.95, it isn&#8217;t any more than other brand-name modifiers but it does give you a level of control that other products do not. I have used the VerteX at several weddings now and it has not come off my flash yet. The only real negative thing I can say is that if you happen to bump something and one of the flaps comes off, they are so light that you stand a good chance of not noticing since you usually wont hear it hit the ground. Most of the time I use it as pictured in the image to the right with only one flap, so if I actually lost one for good, I could get by for a while, so keep an eye on the panels wqhen you are moving your equipment around.</p>
<p>Here is a little video showing more about the VerteX and how I use it.</p>
<p><object width="550" height="367" data="http://vimeo.com/moogaloop.swf?clip_id=2698970&amp;server=vimeo.com&amp;show_title=0&amp;show_byline=0&amp;show_portrait=0&amp;color=ffffff&amp;fullscreen=1" type="application/x-shockwave-flash"><param name="allowfullscreen" value="true" /><param name="allowscriptaccess" value="always" /><param name="src" value="http://vimeo.com/moogaloop.swf?clip_id=2698970&amp;server=vimeo.com&amp;show_title=0&amp;show_byline=0&amp;show_portrait=0&amp;color=ffffff&amp;fullscreen=1" /></object><br />
<a href="http://vimeo.com/2698970">VerteX Light Modifer from Presslite</a> from <a href="http://vimeo.com/kerryg">Kerry Garrison</a> on <a href="http://vimeo.com">Vimeo</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Product Review Scorecard</strong></p>
<div>
<table id="vtas" class="zeroBorder" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>Setup:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td style="text-align: right;" width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;">5<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>Features:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td style="text-align: right;" width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;">5<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>Usage:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td style="text-align: right;" width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;">5<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>Results:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td style="text-align: right;" width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;">5<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>Price:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td style="text-align: right;" width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;">5<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%">
<div style="text-align: right;"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>Overall:</strong></span></div>
</td>
<td style="text-align: right;" width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>5.0</strong><br />
</span></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<p>Product Page: <a href="http://www.presslite.com/vertexinfo.php" target="_blank"></a><a href="http://www.presslite.com/vertexinfo.php" target="_blank">http://www.presslite.com/vertexinfo.php</a><br />
Company Page: <a href="http://www.presslite.com" target="_blank">http://www.presslite.com</a></p>
<p><strong>Author:</strong> <a onclick="javascript:pageTracker._trackPageview('/outbound/article/l7studios.com');" href="http://kerrygarrison.com" target="_blank">Kerry Garrison</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=972&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/13/vertex-light-modifer-by-presslite/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>11</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_6473-140x94.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_6473.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_6473</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_6473-140x94.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_6483.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_6483</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_6483-140x94.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_6477.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_6477</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_6477-140x94.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_5094.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_5094</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_5094-140x94.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_5406.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_5406</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_5406-140x94.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_5401.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_5401</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_5401-140x94.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_5129.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_5129</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_5129-140x94.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_6475.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_6475</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_6475-140x94.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=972&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Think Tank Photo Shapeshifter Backpack Review</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2008/11/17/think-tank-photo-shapeshifter-backpack-review/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2008/11/17/think-tank-photo-shapeshifter-backpack-review/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 18 Nov 2008 02:19:47 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Accessories]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adjustments]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Airport]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[assignment]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[backback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Digital]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSLR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lens]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Luggage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[release]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Review]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Travel]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tripod]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[wedding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Weddings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[zoom]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=805</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[I have had the hardest time dealing with camera bags over the years, from my first backback that got so heavy I couldn't lug it around anymore to my uber cool Airport International 2.0 which is great for big jobs but what about when I want to go a little lighter? My old backback is too large, and my Airport International is too big, and my Modulous Speed Belt can't hold enough nor is appropriate when traveling. So what does that leave?]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_2278.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g805]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-815" title="img_2278" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_2278-158x200.jpg" alt="" width="158" height="200" /></a></p>
<p>I have had the hardest time dealing with camera bags over the years, from my first backback that got so heavy I couldn&#8217;t lug it around anymore to my uber cool Airport International 2.0 which is great for big jobs but what about when I want to go a little lighter? My old backback is too large, and my Airport International is too big, and my Modulous Speed Belt can&#8217;t hold enough nor is appropriate when traveling. So what does that leave? Fortunately, Think Tank Photo&#8217;s Mike Sturm has come to the rescue. Mike is the designer responsible for the newest and coolest backpack design from Think Tank Photo, the revolutionary ShapeShifter.</p>
<p><span id="more-805"></span><strong>Why is the ShapeShifter so cool?</strong><br />
The problem with most camera bags is that they are designed for particular purpose, either trying to be lightweight and carry minimal equipment or being big enough to carry a large amount of gear. The ShapeShifter is designed for both, in expanded mode it can carry a couple of full size DSLR bodies, a few large pieces of glass, a good amount of accessories, <em>AND </em>a 17&#8243; laptop.</p>
<p>Ok great, you can haul a bunch of stuff with you and your laptop easily, so what, the bigger rollers from Think Tank Photo allow you to do that easily enough. What is different with the ShapeShifter is that oncd your camera gear comes out (possibly moved to your Speed Belt) you can pull a zipper around and compress the backpack down to about three inches thick with your laptop still in it.</p>
<p>Features include:</p>
<ul>
<li>It can be compressed to 3 inches in width once your equipment is removed.</li>
<li>Dedicated neoprene pockets for 2 pro size DSLR&#226;&#8364;&#8482;s, 70-200 2.8, 24-70 2.8, wide angle 2.8, and strobes.</li>
<li>Holds up to a 17&#226;&#8364; laptop in rear compartment.</li>
<li>Front pocket organizers for your digital essentials.</li>
<li>It can carry tripods and monopods.</li>
<li>The Pro Speed Belt can be attached and quickly released.</li>
<li>After your gear is removed, you can continue to carry your laptop and accessories, but in a much smaller package.</li>
</ul>
<p style="text-align: center;"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_2272.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g805]"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-812" title="img_2272" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_2272-160x200.jpg" alt="" width="160" height="200" /></a> <a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_2276.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g805]"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-814" title="img_2276" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_2276-149x200.jpg" alt="" width="149" height="200" /></a></p>
<p><strong>Who is the ShapeShifter for?</strong><br />
Since neoprene equipment bags inside the ShapeShifter don&#8217;t provide a lot of padding, the ShapeShifter is certainly not the best solution for travelers if there is any chance that your bag may have to get checked as luggage. For domestic flights the ShapeShifter is a great solution since domestic flights allow for a carry-on bag and a personal item such as a camera bag or laptop case. Since the ShapeShifter can hold you basic gear as well as your laptop you should always be able to carry it on and stuff it overhead or even under a seat.</p>
<p>Sports photographers who want an easy way to get their gear down onto the field but then want to compress the bag so there is a smaller profile to interfere with other photographers and easier maneuverability.</p>
<p>For photographers that use a modular belt system, you can remove most of your gear and still keep a few accessories and flashes in the backpack and still compress it to save space.</p>
<p>Any photographer that has to carry a laptop around safely as well as a decent selection of gear but doesn&#8217;t need a large backpack just to carry the laptop after the gear is taken out.</p>
<p><strong>How well does it work?</strong><br />
<a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_2274.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g805]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-813" title="img_2274" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_2274-200x196.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="196" /></a>I am super impressed with the versatility of the Shapeshifter already and have had it less than a week. I can carry a good selection of equipment comfortably and securely. The first day I got it I packed it up for a wedding with my Airport International Roller keeping the lesser used equipment and spares locked safely away, I could keep a small amount of gear with me at all times. The next day I took off to shoot a protest rally and loaded up with lenses and strapped my tripod onto the back. Out in the sun for a couple of hours all the extra shoulder and back padding made very comfortable to haul around a day pack of gear. A few days later I needed to make a day trip to San Fransisco to give a talk and I wanted a minimul set of gear along with my laptop. Even with a camera body, flash, several lenses, and my laptop I was able to compress the Shapeshifter down to the smaller size making it very easy to walk through the airports, take the BART into downtown, and walk to the convention center. Without the Shapeshifter I would have taken a large laptop case and probably not have taken any camera gear, or I would have taken a small camera bag that could hold a body and one lens. Thanks to the Shapeshifter I was able to take a 30D with battery grip, a 17-40 lens, a 24-70 lens, a 12-24 lens, and a 70-300 lens, and a 580 EX II. I could have taken some larger glass but then I wouldnt have been able to compress the bag down as much. Also in the Shapeshifter is the power supply for the laptop, a Zoom H2 audio recorder, and Jobo DSLR tripod.</p>
<p>The Shapeshifter isn&#8217;t going to be for everyone as there are some people who take too much gear everywhere they go and while the Shapeshifter can hold a decent amount of gear, it certainly can&#8217;t hold as much as the roller cases from Think Tank Photo. But if you need mobility and a roller is too inconvienent, the Shapeshifter is a great solution.</p>
<p><strong>The bottom line</strong><br />
It didn&#8217;t take long for me to be a complete convert to the Shapeshifter for most of the assignments that I do although there are certain situations when I would rather have my larger roller with me. For the typical day assignment, for traveling, vacations, business trips, sports shooting, and many other situations, the Shapeshifter will be loaded up and hanging off my back.</p>
<p>The Think Tank Photo Shapeshifter backpack is scheduled for released in December of 2008 with a price of $249 US. If you have a photographer in the family that needs something like this, the Shapeshifter is an excellent Christmas gift.</p>
<p><strong>Review Points</strong></p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_2282.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g805]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-816" title="img_2282" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_2282-143x200.jpg" alt="" width="143" height="200" /></a><em>Setup</em><br />
There is basically no setup of the Shapeshifter, open the zippers, load your equipment, adjust the straps, and off you go. If you want to use the monopod/tripod straps they are included inside the bag and will need to be attached to the outside before use. I keep the short sider attached at all times and when I am not using the long adjustable side I detach them and put them into a pocket in the bag to keep them out of the way.</p>
<p><em>Features</em><br />
The Shapeshifter is like no other bag available today, loaded with more pockets than you would imagine and the ability to hold large equipment and compress down for smaller gear as well as having a padded laptop area that can take a 17&#8243; laptop, the Shapeshifter is the ultimate in photographic mobility. Pockets galore! There are more pockets in this thing than you can count. The quality of the construction is simply incredible, I have full confidence this bag is going to last for many years.</p>
<p><em>Usage</em><br />
Your biggest issue with the Shapeshifter is going to be deciding on what pocket of the dozens of available are you going to put your accessories in. Obviously this large number of pockets, holders, built-in bags, etc was built for someone with a better memory than me because there are so many places to put things you may well forget where something is. I am certainly a big fan of the Shapeshifter now and have taken it around to show all my friends.</p>
<p><em>Results</em><br />
Sure, you can get a camera backpack on eBay for $30 and you may even be happy with it, but the ones I have bough have fallen apart, had the shoulder straps break, and are big and bulky. At $249 the Shapeshifter is not cheap, but neither is the contruction quality. Camera bags of this caliber are not designed for the budget-minded hobbiest, these are serious tools designed with professional photographers in mind. If you want to spend once on a backpack that will outlast several cheap ebay bags and you want to be sure you are not going to have zippers pop, seams break, and have it wear out prematurely then the Shapeshifter is the right choice.</p>
<p><strong>Product Review Scorecard</strong></p>
<div>
<table id="vtas" class="zeroBorder" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>Setup:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td style="text-align: right;" width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;">5<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>Features:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td style="text-align: right;" width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;">5<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>Usage:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td style="text-align: right;" width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;">5<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>Results:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td style="text-align: right;" width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;">5<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>Price:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td style="text-align: right;" width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;">5<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%">
<div style="text-align: right;"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>Overall:</strong></span></div>
</td>
<td style="text-align: right;" width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>5</strong><br />
</span></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<p>Product Page: <a href="http://thinktankphoto.com/shapeshifter" target="_blank">http://thinktankphoto.com/shapeshifter</a><br />
Company Page: <a href="http://thinktankphoto.com" target="_blank">http://thinktankphoto.com</a></p>
<p>&#8212;-</p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><object width="500" height="282" data="http://vimeo.com/moogaloop.swf?clip_id=2207787&amp;server=vimeo.com&amp;show_title=0&amp;show_byline=0&amp;show_portrait=0&amp;color=ffffff&amp;fullscreen=1" type="application/x-shockwave-flash"><param name="allowfullscreen" value="true" /><param name="allowscriptaccess" value="always" /><param name="src" value="http://vimeo.com/moogaloop.swf?clip_id=2207787&amp;server=vimeo.com&amp;show_title=0&amp;show_byline=0&amp;show_portrait=0&amp;color=ffffff&amp;fullscreen=1" /></object><br />
<a href="http://vimeo.com/2207787">Think Tank Photo Shapeshifter Camera Bag</a> from <a href="http://vimeo.com/kerryg">Kerry Garrison</a> on <a href="http://vimeo.com">Vimeo</a>.</p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=805&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2008/11/17/think-tank-photo-shapeshifter-backpack-review/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>12</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_2278-110x140.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_2278.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_2278</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_2278-110x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_2272.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_2272</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_2272-112x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_2276.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_2276</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_2276-104x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_2274.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_2274</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_2274-140x137.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_2282.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_2282</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_2282-100x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=805&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Think Tank Photo Announces Shape Shifter Backpack</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2008/10/07/think-tank-photo-announces-shape-shifter-backpack/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2008/10/07/think-tank-photo-announces-shape-shifter-backpack/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 07 Oct 2008 15:53:02 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Shooting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Accessories]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[announcement]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[backback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[contract]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Digital]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSLR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[release]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[think tank photo]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tripod]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=768</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The Shape Shifter backpack is a revolutionary breakthrough in photography field and transportation backpack design. It is the first backpack specifically designed to expand and contract to fit your equipment.
Its features include:]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/10/shapeshifter.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g768]"><img class="alignright size-full wp-image-769" title="shapeshifter" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/10/shapeshifter.jpg" alt="" width="289" height="185" /></a><span style="color: #000000; font-family: Verdana,Geneva,Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: x-small;">The Shape Shifter backpack is a revolutionary breakthrough in photography field and transportation backpack design. It is the first backpack specifically designed to expand and contract to fit your equipment. </span></div>
<div><span style="color: #000000; font-family: Verdana,Geneva,Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: x-small;"> </span></div>
<div><span style="color: #000000; font-family: Verdana,Geneva,Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: x-small;">Its features include:</span></div>
<ul><span style="color: #000000; font-family: Verdana,Geneva,Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: x-small;"></p>
<li>It can be compressed to 3 inches in width once your equipment is removed.</li>
<li>Dedicated neoprene pockets for 2 pro size DSLR&#8217;s, 70-200 2.8, 24-70 2.8, wide angle 2.8, and strobes.</li>
<li>Holds up to a 17&#8243; laptop in rear compartment.</li>
<li>Front pocket organizers for your digital essentials.</li>
<li>It can carry tripods and monopods.</li>
<li>The Pro Speed Belt can be attached and quickly released.</li>
<p></span></ul>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-family: Verdana,Geneva,Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: x-small;">After your gear is removed, you can continue to carry your laptop and accessories, but in a much smaller package. </span></p>
<div><span style="color: #000000; font-family: Verdana,Geneva,Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: x-small;">The Shape Shifter is scheduled for release in December.&#194;&#160; Should you want to be alerted when it is in stock, do so at their <a href="http://rs6.net/tn.jsp?e=001lq9SEu4PExf09GdNyNRvnQF9IR-cKmPi9m0pe2u4md4NVJxgt3lTQIewjSWKckHaskAJjNZmOpoZpwLxh3NAqoarfgIjdPyiosEXuGFOMh62QKWxIN6o0gJdGdfrYO2iJ8RMycXFw8g=" target="_blank">early alert page.</a></span></div>
<div>Think Tank Photo<br />
<a href="http://thinktankphoto.com" target="_blank">http://thinktankphoto.com</a></div>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=768&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2008/10/07/think-tank-photo-announces-shape-shifter-backpack/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/10/shapeshifter-140x89.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/10/shapeshifter.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">shapeshifter</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/10/shapeshifter-140x89.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=768&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Using manual flashes with PC Sync</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2008/09/11/using-manual-flashes-with-pc-sync/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2008/09/11/using-manual-flashes-with-pc-sync/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 11 Sep 2008 13:00:42 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adjustments]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[aperture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[articles]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[canon]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSLR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ISO]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[light]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Meter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pc sync]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pictures]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shutter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[stop]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[StrobeLite]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[StrobeLites]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[studio]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=719</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[We have done a number of articles with different flash heads but we have never gone into the detail of how to set them up and make them work, this results in emails that we sit and explain all the details to people. So today I am going to go through how to setup these studio flashes and connect them to your camera to get the results you want.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_5437.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g719]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-520" title="img_5437" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_5437-300x270.jpg" alt="" width="210" height="189" /></a>We have done a number of articles with different flash heads but we have never gone into the detail of how to set them up and make them work, this results in emails that we sit and explain all the details to people. So today I am going to go through how to setup these studio flashes and connect them to your camera to get the results you want.</p>
<p><span id="more-719"></span>First off you need to realize that studio flashes like the PhotoBasics StrobeLites are not automatic like the on-board or accessory flash on your camera. A studio light doesn&#8217;t know what you are trying to do and will not adjust itself for the camera settings you have dialed in. You also need a means of firing the lights off when you press the shutter, all that and more will be covered in this article.</p>
<h3>Connecting the lights to your camera</h3>
<div id="attachment_721" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0575.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g719]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-721" title="img_0575" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0575-200x133.jpg" alt="PC Sync port on Canon 30D" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">PC Sync port on Canon 30D</p></div>
<p>The first thing we need to do is to connect the lights to your camera, for this we are going to need what is called a PC Sync port. On most Canon DSLR&#8217;s the PC Sync port is on the left side of the camera under a rubber flap. In the image here you can see the PC Sync port and the end of a PC Sync cable. In my typical setup I will have the main light plugged into the PC Sync port to fire it and the other lights will automatically fire at the same time because they have a built-in optical slave that will fire the flash when another flash is detected. Since this happens far faster then the mechanical shutter, the effect is that all of the lights fire at exactly the same. There is a limit of how fast the lights will sync to the camera but we will address that in a moment.</p>
<div id="attachment_723" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 150px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/safesync.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g719]"><img class="size-thumbnail wp-image-723" title="safesync" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/safesync-140x140.jpg" alt="Weim Hot Shoe Adapter" width="140" height="140" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Weim Hot Shoe Adapter</p></div>
<p>If you are unlucky enough to not have a PC Sync port on your camera then you will need to purchase a hot shoe adapter. The recommended one is the Weim Hot Shoe Adapter which sells for about $50 at most places. This will got into your camera&#8217;s hot shoe (when an acessory flash plugs in) and has a PC Sync output port on it.</p>
<p>As I mentioned, the lights do have an optical slave so they will fire when another flash is used so you may think you can just use the flash that is built into your camera to fire off the big lights. While this will work to an extent, the problem is that unless you know how to adjust your flash&#8217;s output compensation, the flash is going to fire at a level that your camera expects will be correct for the given light, when the big lights fire along with the built-in flash, your subject will no be over-lit and the scene becomes overexposed.</p>
<div id="attachment_722" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0576.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g719]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-722" title="img_0576" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0576-200x133.jpg" alt="Rear view of StrobeLite" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Rear view of StrobeLite</p></div>
<p>The opposite end of the PC Sync cord plugs into the back of the light. In this image you can see the 1/8th inch mini plug port on the bottom right hand area of the strobe head.&#194;&#160;With the camera and the lights connected, you are all ready to take some amazing images right?</p>
<p>If ONLY it was that easy. Now actually comes the hard part, figuring out how to get the light set right for a proper exposure. Hang in there, it won&#8217;t hurt too much.</p>
<h3>Getting the lighting right</h3>
<div id="attachment_720" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0582.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g719]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-720" title="img_0582" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0582-200x133.jpg" alt="Output Adjustment Dial" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Output Adjustment Dial</p></div>
<p>Nice, quality studio lights make your lighting easier right? I wish! In the last section I explained that your on-board or accessory flash will meter the scene and use the appropriate output for the exposure metering, not so with studio lights, at this point you are full manual.</p>
<p>On the flash will be an adjust dial to control the amount of light output. On the StrobeLites this goes from full power down to 1/4 power given you two stops of light output control. If you have a light meter and know how to use it, you have all the tools you need to get the shot right the first time. If you don&#8217;t have a light meter then you will need to continue reading.</p>
<p>Since I shoot with he same lights, in the same studio, with the same basic setup the vast majority of the time I know the basic light setup that will work without have to take too many test shots, I can usually get it dialed in within about three shots. &#194;&#160;A key thing to note is that your meter in your camera is basically worthless at this point. You are going to want to shoot in manual mode otherwise the camera is going to try to adjust your settings for the metered light. In manual mode you have total control. So where should you start?</p>
<p>For most of my pictures I start with the following basic settings:</p>
<p>ISO: 200<br />
f/Stop: 11<br />
<span style="line-height: 8px;">Shutter Speed: 1/200th second</span></p>
<p>In fact, those are the exact settings I used for the previous pictures in this article so far. Why these particular settings? For one, I like shooting at ISO 200, I like the results I get at that speed, f/11 is my normal aperture setting unless I am going for a particular depth of field effect. That leaves two ways to adjust the amount of light I need. I can either adjust the shutter speed or adjust the light output of the flash. You may think that you may want to go with a faster shutter speed to make sure you dont introduce any camera blur but in most cases you can&#8217;t shoot any faster than 1/200th or 1/250th depending on your lights/camera combination. With the PhotoBasics StrobeLites and a Canon 30D, I have never had an issue at 1/250th but I like the extra margin of safety of using 1/200th. Let&#8217;s take a look at what happens if you shoot faster.</p>
<div id="attachment_724" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0586.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g719]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-724" title="img_0586" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0586-200x133.jpg" alt="Out of Sync Image" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Out of Sync Image</p></div>
<p>The image shown here was shot at 1/640th of a second, while this would be perfect safe if I was using the Canon 580 EX flash, the StrobeLites cannot sync with the camera at that speed so what happens is that the strobe went off too late causing the image to be partially cutoff by the closing of the shutter mechanism. Because of this issue we are limited to speeds of 1/200th or less so I usually will stick it at 1/200th and be done. That leaves adjust the light output higher if I need more light or using a lower output or a slower shutter speed if I need less light. Knowing that the only things I will need to adjust are my light output or shutter speed I have really reduced my possible settings from a handful down to basically one, and its either shutter speed or light output.</p>
<p>Since most of my shots are product shots, the lights are generally pretty close to the objects so I will start at a very low power output of the flash, if its too bright at the lowest setting and I am already at 1/200th of a second the only way to cut down on the light being captured is to move to a smaller aperture setting like f/22. If the light isn&#8217;t enough I can just reach up and dial in more light or use a slower shutter speed.</p>
<p>With a little practice and a handful of confidence, you will be getting your lighting dialed in within a few shots. Take your picture and then look at the histogram of the image on your LCD of your camera to double-check the exposure. If its too dark, bump up the light, if its clipped out, dial down the light. Nothing will beat just a bunch of practice with your own lights/camera/lenses/environment to get you familair with how your lighting setup will work the best and soon you too will be able to get it dialed in perfectly within just a few quick test shots.</p>
<p>Author:&#194;&#160;<a href="http://kerrygarrison.com/" target="_blank">Kerry Garrison</a></p>
<table border="0">
<colgroup>
<col></col>
<col></col>
</colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="background-color: #d0d0d0;" colspan="2"><strong>Equipment Used</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Camera</td>
<td>Canon 30D</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Lights</td>
<td><a href="http://cameradojo.com/2008/07/09/photo-basics-strobelite-review/">Photo Basics Strobelite</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Capture Device</td>
<td><span style="color: #333333;"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/2008/09/02/wolverine-esp-digital-photo-album-and-multimedia-player/">Wolverine ESP</a></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Processing Software</td>
<td>Adobe Photoshop Lightroom</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=719&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2008/09/11/using-manual-flashes-with-pc-sync/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_5437-150x135.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_5437.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_5437</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_5437-150x135.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0575.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_0575</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">PC Sync port on Canon 30D</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0575-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/safesync.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">safesync</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Weim Hot Shoe Adapter</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/safesync-140x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0576.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_0576</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Rear view of StrobeLite</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0576-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0582.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_0582</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Output Adjustment Dial</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0582-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0586.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_0586</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Out of Sync Image</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0586-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=719&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Photo Basics Strobelite Plus</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2008/08/14/photo-basics-strobelite-plus/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2008/08/14/photo-basics-strobelite-plus/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 14 Aug 2008 16:34:54 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Shooting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Photo Basics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[studio]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Westcott]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=654</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[What's better than a Photo Basics StrobeLite? A StrobeLite Plus of course! With more and more companies trying to attract the beginner to semi-pro market Westcott is pushing hard with the Photo Basics line to get good quality components into the marketplace. The difference with the Photo Basics line is that they are complete educational packages complete with floor mats to help with placement and instructional DVD's.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/IMG_4563.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g654]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-2186" title="IMG_4563" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/IMG_4563-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>What&#8217;s better than a Photo Basics StrobeLite? A StrobeLite Plus of course! With more and more companies trying to attract the beginner to semi-pro market Westcott is pushing hard with the Photo Basics line to get good quality components into the marketplace. The difference with the Photo Basics line is that they are complete educational packages complete with floor mats to help with placement and instructional DVD&#8217;s.</p>
<p><span id="more-654"></span></p>
<p><strong>Overview<br />
</strong>If you haven&#8217;t read it already you should probably start with our <a href="http://cameradojo.com/2008/07/09/photo-basics-strobelite-review/">original review of the Photo Basics StrobeLites</a> as that will bring you up to speed on the kit and the associated accessories. This article is going to focus on the StrobeLite Plus and the differences between it and the original StrobeLite series.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/IMG_4570.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g654]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-2188" title="IMG_4570" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/IMG_4570-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>Both versions are complete mono-lite heads meaning they are self-contained units with the power supply and flash bulb in a single unit. The basic controls are an adjustment that takes the unit from full power down to 1/4 power, an on/off switch, and switch for the modeling light for off/full power/variable power. Both models feature flash ready lights and optical slave sensors. The StrobeLite Plus goes a step further and has switches to disable the audio ready beep and the optical sensor.</p>
<p><strong>Features<br />
</strong>The following table outlines the difference between the two models:</p>
<table style="height: 204px; width: 499px;" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;" colspan="2"><strong><span style="font-size: small;">StrobeLite</span></strong></td>
<td></td>
<td style="text-align: center;" colspan="2"><strong><span style="font-size: small;">StrobeLite Plus</span></strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Value</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Value</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Watt Seconds</td>
<td>150</td>
<td></td>
<td>Watt Seconds</td>
<td style="background-color: #34fd01;">200</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Guide Number</td>
<td>39-mtrs/117-ft</td>
<td></td>
<td>Guide Number</td>
<td style="background-color: #34fd01;">45-mtrs/135-ft</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Recycle Time</td>
<td>2 Seconds</td>
<td></td>
<td>Recycle Time</td>
<td>2 Seconds</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Flash Duration</td>
<td>1 ~ 3 m/secs</td>
<td></td>
<td>Flash Duration</td>
<td>1 ~ 3 m/secs</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Color Temperature</td>
<td>5600K (+/-100)</td>
<td></td>
<td>Color Temperature</td>
<td>5600K (+/-100)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Flash Ready Indicator</td>
<td>Charge Ready Light<br />
Audible Beep</td>
<td></td>
<td>Flash Ready Indicator</td>
<td style="background-color: #34fd01;">Charge Ready Light<br />
Switchable Audible<br />
Beep</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Built-in Slave Cell</td>
<td>Yes</td>
<td></td>
<td>Built-in Slave Cell</td>
<td style="background-color: #34fd01;">Switchable Slave Cell</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Dump</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>Auto Dump</td>
<td style="background-color: #34fd01;">Yes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Sync Size</td>
<td>1/8&#8243;</td>
<td></td>
<td>Sync Size</td>
<td>1/8&#8243;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Housing</td>
<td>high-impact poly<br />
carbonate</td>
<td></td>
<td>Housing</td>
<td>high-impact poly<br />
carbonate</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tilting Bracket</td>
<td>high-impact poly<br />
carbonate</td>
<td></td>
<td>Tilting Bracket</td>
<td style="background-color: #34fd01;">Metal Tilting<br />
Bracket</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Dimensions</td>
<td>9&#226;&#8364; x 5&#226;&#8364; x 8&#226;&#8364;</td>
<td></td>
<td>Dimensions</td>
<td>9&#226;&#8364; x 5&#226;&#8364; x 8&#226;&#8364;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Weight</td>
<td style="background-color: #34fd01;">3.2 lbs.</td>
<td></td>
<td>Weight</td>
<td>3.2 lbs.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>So what&#8217;s it all mean?</strong></p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/IMG_4564.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g654]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-2187" title="IMG_4564" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/IMG_4564-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>The most obvious difference is that the StrobeLite Plus head takes the output from 150ws to 200ws, while this isn&#8217;t a massive difference more power is always better, especially when using super large soft boxes or octagons. With the option to turn off the audible ready beep they are less obnoxious when used in situations like weddings. The other switch on the Plus series enables you to turn off the optical sensor, this also is very useful in situations like weddings so all the point-and-shoots aren&#8217;t making your strobes go off.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/IMG_4576.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g654]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-2189" title="IMG_4576" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/IMG_4576-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>While the extra power and controls are nice, one of the nicest features is the tilting bracket on the StrobeLite Plus is made of metal instead. With the plastic bracket on the lower-end version the light cannot hold up heavier softboxes like the 36&#8243; x 48&#8243; softbox, within a few seconds the light will start to sag over. With the metal bracket on the Plus, even the heaviest modifiers should be nice and secure now.</p>
<p><strong>The Bottom Line<br />
</strong>Looking online, the StrobeLite is available for around $140 while the StrobeLite Plus goes for $210. Is the upgraded Plus heads really worth an additional $70? For me, the ability to use super large softboxes without sagging is is a huge plus, adding a little extra power cinches the deal for me. I don&#8217;t personally need the ability to turn off the optical slave or the audible ready tone but those may be important features for some people.</p>
<p>While there are other similar products coming to market from other companies, what we like the most is the education approach the Westcott is using with the Photo Basics product to not only bring affordable, quality products to the market, but to also provide comprehensive tutorials and training tools. The complete kits even come with a floor mat to show you exactly where to place the lights, the camera, and the subject. We simply can&#8217;t recommend the Photo Basics products enough.</p>
<p>Website: <a href="http://photobasics.net" target="_blank">http://photobasics.net</a></p>
<p>Original review article: <a href="http://cameradojo.com/2008/07/09/photo-basics-strobelite-review/">http://cameradojo.com/2008/07/09/photo-basics-strobelite-review/</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=654&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2008/08/14/photo-basics-strobelite-plus/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/IMG_4563-140x93.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/IMG_4563.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4563</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/IMG_4563-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/IMG_4570.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4570</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/IMG_4570-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/IMG_4564.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4564</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/IMG_4564-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/IMG_4576.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4576</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/IMG_4576-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=654&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Using your flash&#226;&#8364;&#8482;s guide number</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2008/07/19/using-your-flashs-guide-number/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2008/07/19/using-your-flashs-guide-number/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 19 Jul 2008 14:25:29 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Shooting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[aperture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[distance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[gn]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide number]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[light]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shutter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=585</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[If you have ever shopped for a flash or read a review, you may have noticed a section of the spec called the guide number or GN. While this value is a measurement of power that the flash has and allows you to compare flash models, is this number useful to you at all? In this article we dig into the guide number and see how we can use this number help us dial in our flash and camera settings using some math instead of just guessing and retrying until you get what you want.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="size-thumbnail wp-image-589 alignright" title="img_9575" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/img_9575-150x95.jpg" alt="" width="150" height="95" align="right" />If you have ever shopped for a flash or read a review, you may have noticed a section of the spec called the guide number or GN. While this value is a measurement of power that the flash has and allows you to compare flash models, is this number useful to you at all? In this article we dig into the guide number and see how we can use this number help us dial in our flash and camera settings using some math instead of just guessing and retrying until you get what you want. Using the information presented in this article you should be able to use the guide number to calculate the best f/stop setting as well as determine the maximum range that your flash can be effective at.</p>
<p><span id="more-585"></span></p>
<p><strong>Do I need to know this?</strong><br />
If you are always using your flash in automatic modes, you may never need to know much about guide numbers but in manual modes, if you don&#8217;t have a flash meter, understanding how guide numbers work can be a powerful tool in helping you to get your lighting setup faster. Many older flashes even have built-in guides to help you calculate the aperture setting for a given distance.</p>
<p><strong>Using the guide number to determine aperture</strong><br />
At the end of this article is a link to an Excel preadsheet that will do much of the work for you as well as containing the guide numbers for a handful of popular flash heads. First off you should understand the math behind it and how to read the guide number information for your own equipment.</p>
<p>Some flash devices will simply have a single guide number value while others may have different numbers at different ranges and even ISO settings so you need to pay attention when reading the guide number. Let&#8217;s take a look at a typical flash setup. A Canon 580 EX II flash has a listed guide number of 191, if we divide the guide number by the distance in feet we should get a good estimate of the aperture to use. In this example we will use a distance to the subject of 30 feet.</p>
<p style="text-align: center">Guide Number / Distance = Aperture<br />
191/ 30 = 6.3</p>
<p>The closest aperture setting on my Canon 30D to that is f5.6 so that would be an appropriate aperture to use if I was using ISO 100. If I was using a higher ISO number then I could use a smaller aperture.  The following chart shows the multiple factor for common ISO speeds:<br />
<strong></strong></p>
<p><strong>ISO Multiplier Table</strong><br />
ISO 100: 1.0<br />
ISO 200: 1.44<br />
ISO 400: 2.07<br />
ISO 800: 2.99<br />
ISO 1600: 4.30<br />
ISO 3200: 6.19</p>
<p>To expand on the previous calculation, we can add in the ISO to give us more aperture options. Using the same guide number and distance while adding the ISO, let&#8217;s see how this affects our aperture setting:</p>
<p style="text-align: center">(Guide Number / Distance) * ISO Multiplier = Aperture<br />
(191/ 30) * 1.0 = 6.3<br />
(191/ 30) * 1.44 = 9.1<br />
(191 / 30) * 2.07 = 13.1<br />
(191 / 30) * 2.99  =19.0</p>
<p>The most common question now is how to determine the distance to your subject without measuring it with a tape. Most lenses will have a distance readout that will show you the distance to your subject once you focus on it. Just press your shutter half way down while aiming at the subject, take your finger off the shutter, and then look at the distance readout. We aren&#8217;t aiming at hyper-accuracy here since the aperture settings in your camera aren&#8217;t going to exactly match the calculations but we are trying to get as close as possible and avoid a lot of trial and error. Using this information you should be able to get your light dialed in much faster than just by guessing.</p>
<p><strong>Determining Maximum Flash Distance</strong><br />
Using a similar method we can also determine the maximum distance your flash can be effective at, this is extremely useful when trying to determine if you can light up a person on a stage from the back of an auditorium for example. The calculation for this is the guide number divided by the f/stop, and again the ISO value can be used here as well. In this example we will use the guide number of a Canon 580 EX II (58) and an f/stop of 5.6.</p>
<p style="text-align: center">(Guide Number / f/stop) * ISO = Max Distance<br />
(191/ 5.6) * 1.0 = 34&#8242;<br />
(191 / 5.6) * 1.44 = 49&#8242;<br />
(191 / 5.6) * 2.07= 70&#8242;<br />
(191 / 5.6) * 2.99 = 102&#8242;</p>
<p>Since the f/stop and the ISO determine how much light enters the camera, you see how using a larger aperture (lower number) and a higher ISO can really affect the range of your flash. Let&#8217;s compare the difference between f/5.6 and f/2.8 as an example:</p>
<p style="text-align: center;">GN 191@ f/5.6  100 ISO  = 34&#8242;<br />
GN 191 @ f/5.6  200 ISO  = 49&#8242;</p>
<p style="text-align: center;">GN 191 @ f/2.8  100 ISO  = 68&#8242;<br />
GN 191 @ f/2.8  200 ISO  = 98&#8242;</p>
<p>These calculations will help you determine if a long distance shot is even possible or if you need to bring in additional light. If you are too far from the subject for your light to be effective, you could place your light closer to the subject and fire it with a wireless trigger, this would allow you to shoot from a distance but get the desired light effect.</p>
<p><strong><br />
Summary</strong><br />
I know this can seem a little intimidating at first but understanding these concepts will help you get your lighting technique under control much faster and help make sure you can get the shots you want. You can even use the calculations to build a custom &#8220;cheat sheet&#8221; for your particular flash that can print out and keep as a handy reference. The spreadsheet that we have made available for you has both the f/stop and maximum distance calculators but has a second worksheet that will create the cheat sheet for you by simply changing the guide number on the first line to match your flash device&#8217;s output.</p>
<p>Calculation Spreadsheet [ <a href="/files/Guide_Number_Chart.xls">Download</a> ]</p>
<p>Author: <a href="http://kerrygarrison.com" target="_blank">Kerry Garrison</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=585&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2008/07/19/using-your-flashs-guide-number/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>9</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/img_9575-150x95.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/img_9575.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_9575</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/img_9575-150x95.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=585&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Photo Basics StrobeLite Review</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2008/07/09/photo-basics-strobelite-review/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2008/07/09/photo-basics-strobelite-review/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 09 Jul 2008 22:00:13 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Monolight]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Photo Basics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[StrobeLite]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Westcott]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=517</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[As excited as we are that major lighting companies are bringing out lines of affordable lighting systems, we are really impressed that some of these systems go beyond just being a light and are complete educational packages. Wescott's line products that fall under the Photo Basics brand are a perfect example of this new product positioning.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_5439.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g517]"><img class="alignnone size-thumbnail wp-image-523 alignright" style="float: right;" title="img_5439" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_5439-150x122.jpg" alt="" /></a>As excited as we are that major lighting companies are bringing out lines of affordable lighting systems, we are really impressed that some of these systems go beyond just being a light and are complete educational packages. Wescott&#8217;s line products that fall under the Photo Basics brand are a perfect example of this new product positioning. The first Photo Basics kit was the <a href="/2007/08/09/photo-basics-3-light-kit-review/">constant light kit that we reviewed</a> last year. This year Wescott has added to the Photo Basics line with two new strobes, the StrobeLite and the StrobeLite Plus. We just received the three light StrobeLite system and couldn&#8217;t wait to put it through its paces.</p>
<p><span id="more-517"></span></p>
<p><strong>Summary</strong><br />
As I said in the intro, the Photo Basics line is aimed at users that may not already know how to use lighting equipment. Not only do you get the lights and umbrellas you also get an instructional DVD that goes th</p>
<p>rough a number of different types of lighting setups by several top photographers. To help place your lights a floor positioning guide goes on the ground that shows you were to place the subject, the lights, and the camera. You also get two regular light stands and a backlight stand along with a carrying case to make it easy to transport everything.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_5437.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g517]"><img class="alignnone size-thumbnail wp-image-520 alignright" style="float: right;" title="img_5437" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_5437-150x135.jpg" alt="" /></a><strong>Features</strong><br />
The StrobeLites are technically moonlights since they are self-contained units that each plug into AC power. To help visualize the lighting, each strobe head is equipped with a 100w modeling light. A dial on the back controls power from &#194;&#188; to Full power. The main power switch controls overall power to both the flash unit and the modeling light and the modeling light has three settings, off, full, and variable. If the modeling light is on variable then as you adjust the output for the flash, it will also adjust the output of the modeling light.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_5438.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g517]"><img class="alignnone size-thumbnail wp-image-522 alignright" style="float: right;" title="img_5438" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_5438-150x144.jpg" alt="" /></a>An audible beep and ready light let you know that the unit has recycled and is ready to fire again. A standard PC Sync cable is included as well as an optical slave so you can tri</p>
<p>gger one unit and have all the rest fire at the same time.</p>
<div>
<table style="border-collapse:collapse" border="0">
<colgroup>
<col style="width: 197px;"></col>
<col style="width: 240px;"></col>
</colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Description </strong></span></td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Value</strong></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">Watt Seconds</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">150</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">Guide Number</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">39-mtrs/117-ft</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">Recycle Time</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">2 sec.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">Flash Duration</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">1 ~ 3 m/secs</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">Flash Variability</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">1/4 to Full</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">Color Temperature</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">5600K (+/-100)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">User Changeable Flashtube</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">Yes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">Changeable Reflector</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">Yes &#8211; Std 7&#8243;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">Model Light Wattage</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">100</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">Model Light Variable</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">Yes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">Flash Ready Indicator</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">Charge Ready Light  / Audible Beep</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">Built-in Slave Cell</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">Yes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">Fan Cooled</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">No</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">Auto Dump</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">No</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">Sync Size</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">1/8&#8243;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">Housing</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">high-impact poly carbonate</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">Tilting Bracket</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">high-impact poly carbonate</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">Dimensions</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">9&#8243; x 5&#8243; x 8&#8243;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">Weight</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px">3.2 lbs</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_5468.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g517]"><img class="alignnone size-thumbnail wp-image-524 alignright" style="float: right;" title="img_5468" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_5468-132x150.jpg" alt="" /></a></p>
<p><strong>Setup</strong><br />
One of the big advantages of moonlights is that there is virtually no setup since they are completely self-contained units. Fresh out of the box the only thing you have to do is screw the modeling lights into the sockets. Other than that, you are ready to setup the light stands, attach the strobe heads to the light stands, pop on the reflectors and attach the umbrellas.</p>
<p>For testing I used a Canon 30D which has a built-in PC Sync port that the included cable plugs right into. If you have a camera without a PC Sync port then you may need to get an adapter that will go onto your camera&#8217;s hot shoe port. I connected the main light to the camera via the PC Sync port and the other lights are then triggered from the optical slave.</p>
<p><strong>Usage</strong><br />
<a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0042.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g517]"><img class="alignnone size-thumbnail wp-image-519 alignright" style="float: right;" title="img_0042" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0042-122x150.jpg" alt="" /></a>While I normally recommend constant lights for beginners since you can easily visualize exactly what the scene will look like in the camera. With strobes, the actual flash is much brighter then you are probably used to so it can become frustrating for beginners to get the hang of using strobes since it rather easy to overexpose the scene. Because it is more difficult to setup lighting with strobes unless you have, and know how to use a light meter, it is better to start off with a single light  and a reflector before moving up to multiple lights. Fortunately, the DVD tutorials that are included walk you through exactly this. The examples start with a single light and build up with reflectors and then on to multiple light setups.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0031.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g517]"><img class="alignnone size-thumbnail wp-image-531 alignright" style="float: right;" title="img_0031" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0031-99x150.jpg" alt="" /></a>The light output is much greater than when using constant lights like the <a href="/2007/12/22/westcott-spiderlite-td5-review/">Westcott TD5&#8242;s</a> so they are much better for working with movement such as flowing hair, kids, pets,  or other moving objects since you can use a faster shutter speed. By cranking up the light output you can also work with a wider range of f-stops and faster ISO speeds.  Since the StrobeLites use a standard three-prong attachment system, numerous accessories are available such as softboxes, larger reflectors, barn doors, snoots, gel holders, gobos, grids, and other things.</p>
<p><strong>Results<br />
</strong>The Strobelites are wonderful moonlights that are available at an excellent price. With a little practice anyone can be taking amazing images in a short period of time. On Amazon.com we found the kit for $649.90 making it an amazing value at that price. Light output is great, the control is terrific, and the features are just right for a beginner. The higher end StrobeLite plus units take you from 150ws to 200ws, the ability to turn off the audible ready indicator, the ability to turn off the optical slave cell, and give you a metal tilting bracket to be able to use heavier softboxes and attachments. When you are ready to move up, the StrobeLite Plus units are fully compatible with the regular units. We applaud Westcott for creating the entire Photo Basics line and the new StrobeLites are an excellent product that was previously not attainable for people on modest budgets.</p>
<p>The following images were all taken with the StrobeLite kit.</p>
<table style="text-align: center;" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/img_0099.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g517]"><img class="alignnone size-thumbnail wp-image-540" title="img_0099" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/img_0099-99x150.jpg" alt="" /></a></td>
<td><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/img_0081.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g517]"><img class="alignnone size-thumbnail wp-image-539" title="img_0081" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/img_0081-99x150.jpg" alt="" /></a>-</td>
<td><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/img_0049.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g517]"><img class="alignnone size-thumbnail wp-image-541" title="img_0049" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/img_0049-99x150.jpg" alt="" /></a></td>
<td><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/img_0108.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g517]"><img class="alignnone size-thumbnail wp-image-542" title="img_0108" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/img_0108-99x150.jpg" alt="" /></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0084.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g517]"><img class="alignnone size-thumbnail wp-image-529" title="img_0084" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0084-99x150.jpg" alt="" /></a></td>
<td><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0035.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g517]"><img class="alignnone size-thumbnail wp-image-532" title="img_0035" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0035-112x150.jpg" alt="" /></a></td>
<td><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0098-2.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g517]"><img class="alignnone size-thumbnail wp-image-530" title="img_0098-2" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0098-2-99x150.jpg" alt="" /></a></td>
<td><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0083-2.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g517]"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-533" title="img_0083-2" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0083-2-99x150.jpg" alt="" /></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0137.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g517]"><img class="alignnone size-thumbnail wp-image-537" title="img_0137" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0137-99x150.jpg" alt="" /></a></td>
<td><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0127.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g517]"><img class="alignnone size-thumbnail wp-image-536" title="img_0127" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0127-99x150.jpg" alt="" /></a></td>
<td><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0189.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g517]"><img class="alignnone size-thumbnail wp-image-535" title="img_0189" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0189-104x150.jpg" alt="" /></a></td>
<td><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0181.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g517]"><img class="alignnone size-thumbnail wp-image-534" title="img_0181" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0181-99x150.jpg" alt="" /></a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Final results:</p>
<div>
<table style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 174px;" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Features:</td>
<td>3</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Setup:</td>
<td>5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Usage:</td>
<td>5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Results:</td>
<td>5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Price:</td>
<td>5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Overall:</strong></td>
<td>4.6</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<p>Website: <a href="http://photobasics.net" target="_blank">http://photobasics.net<br />
</a>Author: <a href="http://kerrygarrison.com" target="_blank">Kerry Garrison</a><br />
Models: <a href="http://www.modelmayhem.com/jessicasterling " target="_blank">Jessica Sterling</a>, <a href="http://www.modelmayhem.com/ChristopherK " target="_blank">Christopher Kennedy</a>,&#194;&#160; Daniel Ban</p>
<div>
<table style="border-collapse:collapse" border="0">
<colgroup>
<col style="width: 167px;"></col>
<col style="width: 234px;"></col>
</colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr style="background: #f2f2f2">
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px; border-top:  solid black 0.5pt; border-left:  solid black 0.5pt; border-bottom:  solid black 0.5pt; border-right:  solid black 0.5pt" colspan="2">Equipment Used</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px; border-top:  none; border-left:  solid black 0.5pt; border-bottom:  solid black 0.5pt; border-right:  solid black 0.5pt">Camera</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px; border-top:  none; border-left:  none; border-bottom:  solid black 0.5pt; border-right:  solid black 0.5pt">Canon 30D</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px; border-top:  none; border-left:  solid black 0.5pt; border-bottom:  solid black 0.5pt; border-right:  solid black 0.5pt">Lights</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px; border-top:  none; border-left:  none; border-bottom:  solid black 0.5pt; border-right:  solid black 0.5pt">Photo Basics Strobelite</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px; border-top:  none; border-left:  solid black 0.5pt; border-bottom:  solid black 0.5pt; border-right:  solid black 0.5pt">Capture Software</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px; border-top:  none; border-left:  none; border-bottom:  solid black 0.5pt; border-right:  solid black 0.5pt"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/2007/11/23/dslr-remote-pro-review/">DSLR Remote Pro</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px; border-top:  none; border-left:  solid black 0.5pt; border-bottom:  solid black 0.5pt; border-right:  solid black 0.5pt">Processing Software</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px; border-top:  none; border-left:  none; border-bottom:  solid black 0.5pt; border-right:  solid black 0.5pt">Adobe Photoshop Lightroom</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=517&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2008/07/09/photo-basics-strobelite-review/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>15</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_5439-150x122.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_5439.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_5439</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">&#60;img src=&#34;/images/blank.gif&#34;&#62;</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_5439-150x122.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_5437.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_5437</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_5437-150x135.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_5438.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_5438</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">&#60;img src=&#34;/images/blank.gif&#34;&#62;</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_5438-150x144.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_5468.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_5468</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">&#60;img src=&#34;/images/blank.gif&#34;&#62;</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_5468-132x150.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0042.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_0042</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">&#60;img src=&#34;/images/blank.gif&#34;&#62;</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0042-122x150.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0031.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_0031</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">&#60;img src=&#34;/images/blank.gif&#34;&#62;</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0031-99x150.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/img_0099.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_0099</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">&#60;img src=&#34;/images/blank.gif&#34;&#62;</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/img_0099-99x150.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/img_0081.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_0081</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">&#60;img src=&#34;/images/blank.gif&#34;&#62;</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/img_0081-99x150.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/img_0049.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_0049</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">&#60;img src=&#34;/images/blank.gif&#34;&#62;</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/img_0049-99x150.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/img_0108.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_0108</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">&#60;img src=&#34;/images/blank.gif&#34;&#62;</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/img_0108-99x150.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0084.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_0084</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">&#60;img src=&#34;/images/blank.gif&#34;&#62;</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0084-99x150.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0035.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_0035</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">&#60;img src=&#34;/images/blank.gif&#34;&#62;</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0035-112x150.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0098-2.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_0098-2</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">&#60;img src=&#34;/images/blank.gif&#34;&#62;</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0098-2-99x150.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0083-2.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_0083-2</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">&#60;img src=&#34;/images/blank.gif&#34;&#62;</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0083-2-99x150.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0137.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_0137</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">&#60;img src=&#34;/images/blank.gif&#34;&#62;</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0137-99x150.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0127.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_0127</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">&#60;img src=&#34;/images/blank.gif&#34;&#62;</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0127-99x150.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0189.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_0189</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">&#60;img src=&#34;/images/blank.gif&#34;&#62;</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0189-104x150.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0181.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_0181</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">&#60;img src=&#34;/images/blank.gif&#34;&#62;</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_0181-99x150.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=517&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
	</channel>
</rss>

